Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Tyler Technologies

Tyler Technologies

tyl · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker tyl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Tyler Technologies
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
5101 Tennyson Parkway | Plano, TX 75024

972.713.3700 | www.tylertech.com

GAINING MOMENTUM

2 0 1 4   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

After years of disciplined preparation, 
our financial performance reached 
new heights in 2014.

In every economic climate, Tyler Technologies stays true 

to our business strategy. And in 2014, our resolute focus 

on our long-term strategic view fueled record results for 

our company as market activity returned to normal levels. 

Not only is Tyler Technologies gaining momentum — we’re 

empowering the public sector to do the same.

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

President and Chief Executive Officer

Corporate Officers

John M. Yeaman 

Chairman of the Board

John S. Marr Jr. 

Dustin R. Womble 

Executive Vice President

Brian K. Miller 

Executive Vice President 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

H. Lynn Moore Jr. 

Executive Vice President 

General Counsel and Secretary

Matthew B. Bieri 

Vice President 

Chief Information Officer

Samantha B. Crosby 

Vice President 

Chief Marketing Officer

Robert J. Sansone  

Vice President 

Human Resources

W. Michael Smith 

Vice President 

Chief Accounting Officer

Terri L. Alford 

Controller 

Division Leadership

Andrew D. Teed 

President 

Appraisal & Tax and 

ERP & School Divisions

Bruce Graham 

President 

Courts & Justice Division

Christopher P. Hepburn 

Senior Vice President 

ERP & School Division

Brett Cate 

President 

Local Government Division

Design by Eisenberg And Associates

Board of Directors

John M. Yeaman1 

Chairman of the Board 

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

Donald R. Brattain2,3,4 

President 

Brattain and Associates, LLC

Glenn A. Carter3,4 

Retired Chief Executive Officer 

DataProse, Inc.

Brenda A. Cline2,3 

Executive Vice President 

Kimbell Art Foundation

J. Luther King Jr.2,4 

Chief Executive Officer 

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

Dustin R. Womble1 

Executive Vice President 

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

1  Executive Committee

2  Audit Committee

3  Nominating and Governance Committee

4  Compensation Committee

Luther King Capital Management

Independent Registered Public 

John S. Marr Jr.1 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP 

Dallas, Texas

Corporate Headquarters

5101 Tennyson Parkway 

Plano, Texas 75024 

972.713.3700 

www.tylertech.com

Transfer Agent and Registrar

American Stock Transfer  

& Trust Company 

59 Maiden Lane 

Plaza Level 

800.937.5449 

718.236.2641 fax 

www.amstock.com

New York, New York 10038 

Annual Meeting of Stockholders

Tuesday, May 12, 2015 

9:30 a.m. CDT 

Plano Marriott at Legacy Town Center 

7121 Bishop Road 

Plano, Texas 75024

Certifications

We submitted an unqualified Annual 

CEO Certification to the New York Stock 

Exchange (NYSE) as required by the 

NYSE Listed Company rules. We also 

filed with the Securities and Exchange 

Commission the Chief Executive Officer 

and Chief Financial Officer certifications 

required under Section 302 of the 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act as exhibits to our 

Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Investor Information

Our annual report on Form 10-K is 

available on the company’s website at 

www.tylertech.com.

A copy of the Form 10-K or other 

information may also be obtained 

by contacting the Investor Relations 

Department at corporate headquarters.

Investor Relations

972.713.3714 

info@tylertech.com

Common Stock

Listed on the New York Stock Exchange 

under the symbol “TYL”

After years of disciplined preparation, 

our financial performance reached 

new heights in 2014.

In every economic climate, Tyler Technologies stays true 

to our business strategy. And in 2014, our resolute focus 

on our long-term strategic view fueled record results for 

our company as market activity returned to normal levels. 

Not only is Tyler Technologies gaining momentum — we’re 

empowering the public sector to do the same.

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS
STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

In 2014, Tyler Technologies once again achieved 

Our balance sheet remains extremely healthy, and we 

record financial results by every meaningful measure. 

finished the year with cash of $206.2 million and no 

Corporate Officers
John M. Yeaman 
Chairman of the Board

Board of Directors
John M. Yeaman1 
Chairman of the Board 
Tyler Technologies, Inc.

Corporate Headquarters
5101 Tennyson Parkway 
Plano, Texas 75024 
972.713.3700 
www.tylertech.com

Our results were exceptional, and we are gratified 

debt. We believe that our balance sheet positions us well 

to recognize that our enduring strategy continues to 

to take advantage of future opportunities to drive  

achieve results and has elevated Tyler to a new level of 

John S. Marr Jr. 
President and Chief Executive Officer

leadership in the public sector.

Dustin R. Womble 
Executive Vice President

Tyler has always focused on the long-term strength 

Donald R. Brattain2,3,4 
President 
Brattain and Associates, LLC

of our company, staying true to our strategy through 

changing economic and market conditions. By 

Brian K. Miller 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

continually strengthening our offerings through ongoing 

Glenn A. Carter3,4 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
DataProse, Inc.

investments in product development, we’ve earned our 

H. Lynn Moore Jr. 
Executive Vice President 
General Counsel and Secretary

competitive advantage through hard work. And now, we 

Brenda A. Cline2,3 
Executive Vice President 
Kimbell Art Foundation

can say with confidence that Tyler is the clear leader in 

growth and create shareholder value, including 

investments in product development and  

strategic acquisitions.

Outperforming in a Solid Market

Following the challenges of a recession and slow 

Transfer Agent and Registrar
American Stock Transfer  
& Trust Company 
59 Maiden Lane 
Plaza Level 
New York, New York 10038 
recovery since mid-2012, market activity in the public 
800.937.5449 
718.236.2641 fax 
www.amstock.com

marketplace is solid — and Tyler Technologies has  

sector has returned to pre-recession levels. Our 

been in a competitive position to outpace renewed 

J. Luther King Jr.2,4 
Chief Executive Officer 
Luther King Capital Management

John S. Marr Jr.1 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Tyler Technologies, Inc.

economic momentum.

Each of our business units exceeded its plan for 

Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm
Ernst & Young LLP 
Dallas, Texas
group posted double-digit revenue growth. Of these, the 

operating profits in 2014, and each major product 

The fourth quarter of 2014 marked our 16th consecutive 

quarter of year-over-year revenue growth — along  

Robert J. Sansone  
Vice President 
Human Resources

with our 13th straight quarter of double-digit revenue  

growth. Revenues for the year were $493.1 million,  

Dustin R. Womble1 
Executive Vice President 
Tyler Technologies, Inc.

up 18.4 percent over 2013.

W. Michael Smith 
Vice President 
Chief Accounting Officer

While software licenses and royalty revenues showed 

1  Executive Committee
2  Audit Committee
3  Nominating and Governance Committee
4  Compensation Committee

very healthy growth of 20.1 percent, subscriptions 

Terri L. Alford 
Controller 

continued to be our fastest-growing revenue stream, 

rising 42.0 percent to $87.8 million. These revenues 

include $32.1 million in transaction-based revenues 

product line in 2014, fueled in part by our e-filing 

Courts & Justice Division managed the fastest-growing 

agreement with the state of Texas. The eFileTexas.gov™ 

system began operations in late 2013 and ramped up 

Annual Meeting of Stockholders
Tuesday, May 12, 2015 
9:30 a.m. CDT 
Plano Marriott at Legacy Town Center 
7121 Bishop Road 
Plano, Texas 75024

throughout 2014 with $17 million in revenues, up  

from $3.8 million in 2013. 

Our success in the court case management software 

market in California continued in 2014 as we signed  

Matthew B. Bieri 
our key product areas.
Vice President 
Chief Information Officer

Financial Highlights
Samantha B. Crosby 
Vice President 
Chief Marketing Officer

from e-filing and online payments, as well as  

$55.7 million from cloud-based software as a  

service (SaaS) arrangements. 

Division Leadership
Andrew D. Teed 
President 
Appraisal & Tax and 
ERP & School Divisions

Bruce Graham 
President 
Courts & Justice Division

Christopher P. Hepburn 
Senior Vice President 
ERP & School Division

Both bookings and year-end backlog reached new  

highs in 2014. In fact, we recorded our highest  

quarterly bookings in company history during the  

second quarter as court case management software 

contracts in California helped drive a 63 percent 

Certifications
We submitted an unqualified Annual 
CEO Certification to the New York Stock 
Exchange (NYSE) as required by the 
NYSE Listed Company rules. We also 
filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer certifications 
required under Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act as exhibits to our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Investor Information
Our annual report on Form 10-K is 
available on the company’s website at 
www.tylertech.com.

A copy of the Form 10-K or other 
information may also be obtained 
by contacting the Investor Relations 
Department at corporate headquarters.

(Left to right)

Investor Relations
Brenda A. Cline, Dustin R. Womble, J. Luther King Jr.,
972.713.3714 
John M. Yeaman, Donald R. Brattain, John S. Marr Jr.,
info@tylertech.com

Glenn A. Carter

Common Stock
Listed on the New York Stock Exchange 
under the symbol “TYL”

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

1

PB

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

ending the year with GAAP net income of $58.9 million, 

or $1.66 per diluted share, up 50.7 percent from 2013. 

Non-GAAP net income for the year rose 41.5 percent to 

$74.0 million, or $2.09 per diluted share. Cash flow was 

very strong, as cash flow from operations for the year 

increased 86.8 percent to $123.4 million. We used a 

portion of our cash flow to repurchase 294,000 shares 

of common stock during 2014.

Design by Eisenberg And Associates

increase year over year.

Brett Cate 
President 
Local Government Division

Tyler consistently outperformed expectations in 2014, 

 
contracts with courts in 16 counties, and have now been 

justice solutions, providing robust functionality that 

considerable planning and significant staffing increases. 

An Enduring Strategy

selected by 25 out of 28 California courts over the past 

complements our Odyssey® suite of products. With 

two years.

Tyler’s achievements extended well beyond our courts 

and justice products. Win rates for other products, 

SoftCode’s founding partners, management team and 

staff now a part of our Courts & Justice Division, we 

expect to significantly expand the product’s reach.

including our Munis® and Incode® ERP solutions; 

After the end of the year, in January 2015, we also 

EnerGov™ planning, regulatory and maintenance 

acquired a 20 percent equity stake in Record Holdings, 

solution; and Versatrans® school transportation solution, 

an Australian company specializing in digitizing the 

climbed to new highs in 2014. 

A number of factors are contributing to Tyler’s strong 

competitive position. Our exclusive focus on the public 

sector is reflected in the features and functionality 

that our clients select. Our financial strength allows 

us to consistently invest in product development, and 

all of our clients benefit from that innovation through 

our evergreen approach to upgrades. Tyler also has 

an unparalleled record of executing at a high level on 

complex implementations, with a team of professionals 

who possess deep domain expertise in the business of 

local government. Both current and prospective clients 

value these attributes, as they expect our relationships 

with them to last for decades.

Strategic Investments

spoken word in courts throughout the world. Our  

$15 million convertible preferred stock investment will 

help Record Holdings expand its presence in North 

American courts. We also look forward to building on the 

international relationships already established by Record 

Holdings to make our Odyssey court case management 

solution more readily available beyond the U.S. market. 

These developments are excellent examples of our 

opportunistic acquisition strategy. We are constantly 

seeking strategic acquisition opportunities to broaden 

our product and service offerings or expand our client 

base. We are patient and disciplined in our approach 

to acquisitions as we seek the right combinations of 

strategic fit and valuation, and we believe Tyler is 

very well positioned to successfully take advantage 

of attractive acquisition opportunities in the future.

In August, we completed the acquisition of SoftCode, 

Meeting the Challenges of Growth

Inc., whose sophisticated civil process automation 

Along with strong bookings and backlog growth comes 

solutions primarily serve county sheriffs’ departments. 

the challenge of ramping up our implementation 

The acquisition broadens our portfolio of courts and 

capacity, a formidable task that has required 

Tyler began the year with 2,573 employees, and by 

year’s end we’d grown our employee base to 2,856.  

With a meaningful number of employees who are 

relatively new to Tyler, we take care to build our 

professional services teams around a strong core of 

experienced subject matter experts, with seasoned 

veterans leading our projects. As we have expanded our 

team to meet growing demands, Tyler has experienced 

some margin pressure as we absorb personnel costs 

during the onboarding period before new employees 

begin generating revenues.

While a healthy market certainly contributed to our 

exceptional results in 2014, Tyler’s strategy and 

execution deserve the majority of credit for our 

performance. Our competitors don’t appear to be 

enjoying the same degree of success as Tyler. Many 

companies that reduced investments in research and 

development during the recession are lagging behind in 

terms of their competitive positions. Some have even 

exited the market altogether. Conversely, Tyler continued 

to invest in our business at a high level when market 

conditions were challenging. As a result, our competitive 

To attract and retain the best and brightest employees, 

position is better than ever, and win rates have increased 

Tyler continues to focus on maintaining our reputation as 

across the board — a trend we expect to continue.

To every shareholder, employee and client of Tyler 

Technologies, we thank you for your support.

an employer of choice. The Dallas Morning News named 

Tyler as No. 10 on its list of the Top 100 Places to Work 

in the Dallas/Fort Worth area, and we appeared in the 

top 10 in the Best Places to Work in Maine program 

managed by Best Companies Group. In addition, we 

were named to the Forbes list of America’s Best Small 

Companies for the eighth time. We take pride in these 

honors because they reflect our commitment to both 

employee and client satisfaction. We go to great lengths 

to ensure employees are informed and engaged — 

and as we’ve grown, so have our career development 

opportunities. Every employee has an important role in 

our success, and we’re committed to doing our part to 

continue providing a positive work environment.

John S. Marr Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer 

March 27, 2015

DIVISION LEADERSHIP

TOTAL REVENUES
in millions

BACKLOG
in millions

CORPORATE OFFICERS

.

1
3
9
4
$

6

.

6
1
4
$

3

.

3
6
3
$

4

.

9
0
3
$

6

.

8
8
2
$

0

.

2
0
7
$

.

7
1
5
5
$

6

.

0
8
3
$

8

.

9
3
3
$

4

.

1
8
2
$

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

(Left to right)

Andrew D. Teed, Brett Cate, 

Christopher P. Hepburn, 

Bruce Graham

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

2

(Left to right)

Robert J. Sansone, Samantha B. Crosby, Matthew B. Bieri, 

Dustin R. Womble, John M. Yeaman, John S. Marr Jr., Brian K. Miller,

H. Lynn Moore Jr., Terri L. Alford, W. Michael Smith

For more information about our leadership team, 

please refer to inside back cover.

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

3

contracts with courts in 16 counties, and have now been 

justice solutions, providing robust functionality that 

considerable planning and significant staffing increases. 

An Enduring Strategy

selected by 25 out of 28 California courts over the past 

complements our Odyssey® suite of products. With 

two years.

Tyler’s achievements extended well beyond our courts 

and justice products. Win rates for other products, 

SoftCode’s founding partners, management team and 

staff now a part of our Courts & Justice Division, we 

expect to significantly expand the product’s reach.

including our Munis® and Incode® ERP solutions; 

After the end of the year, in January 2015, we also 

EnerGov™ planning, regulatory and maintenance 

acquired a 20 percent equity stake in Record Holdings, 

solution; and Versatrans® school transportation solution, 

an Australian company specializing in digitizing the 

climbed to new highs in 2014. 

A number of factors are contributing to Tyler’s strong 

competitive position. Our exclusive focus on the public 

sector is reflected in the features and functionality 

that our clients select. Our financial strength allows 

us to consistently invest in product development, and 

all of our clients benefit from that innovation through 

our evergreen approach to upgrades. Tyler also has 

an unparalleled record of executing at a high level on 

complex implementations, with a team of professionals 

who possess deep domain expertise in the business of 

local government. Both current and prospective clients 

value these attributes, as they expect our relationships 

with them to last for decades.

Strategic Investments

spoken word in courts throughout the world. Our  

$15 million convertible preferred stock investment will 

help Record Holdings expand its presence in North 

American courts. We also look forward to building on the 

international relationships already established by Record 

Holdings to make our Odyssey court case management 

solution more readily available beyond the U.S. market. 

These developments are excellent examples of our 

opportunistic acquisition strategy. We are constantly 

seeking strategic acquisition opportunities to broaden 

our product and service offerings or expand our client 

base. We are patient and disciplined in our approach 

to acquisitions as we seek the right combinations of 

strategic fit and valuation, and we believe Tyler is 

very well positioned to successfully take advantage 

of attractive acquisition opportunities in the future.

In August, we completed the acquisition of SoftCode, 

Meeting the Challenges of Growth

Inc., whose sophisticated civil process automation 

Along with strong bookings and backlog growth comes 

solutions primarily serve county sheriffs’ departments. 

the challenge of ramping up our implementation 

The acquisition broadens our portfolio of courts and 

capacity, a formidable task that has required 

Tyler began the year with 2,573 employees, and by 

year’s end we’d grown our employee base to 2,856.  

With a meaningful number of employees who are 

relatively new to Tyler, we take care to build our 

professional services teams around a strong core of 

experienced subject matter experts, with seasoned 

veterans leading our projects. As we have expanded our 

team to meet growing demands, Tyler has experienced 

some margin pressure as we absorb personnel costs 

during the onboarding period before new employees 

begin generating revenues.

While a healthy market certainly contributed to our 

exceptional results in 2014, Tyler’s strategy and 

execution deserve the majority of credit for our 

performance. Our competitors don’t appear to be 

enjoying the same degree of success as Tyler. Many 

companies that reduced investments in research and 

development during the recession are lagging behind in 

terms of their competitive positions. Some have even 

exited the market altogether. Conversely, Tyler continued 

to invest in our business at a high level when market 

conditions were challenging. As a result, our competitive 

To attract and retain the best and brightest employees, 

position is better than ever, and win rates have increased 

Tyler continues to focus on maintaining our reputation as 

across the board — a trend we expect to continue.

an employer of choice. The Dallas Morning News named 

Tyler as No. 10 on its list of the Top 100 Places to Work 

in the Dallas/Fort Worth area, and we appeared in the 

top 10 in the Best Places to Work in Maine program 

managed by Best Companies Group. In addition, we 

were named to the Forbes list of America’s Best Small 

Companies for the eighth time. We take pride in these 

honors because they reflect our commitment to both 

employee and client satisfaction. We go to great lengths 

to ensure employees are informed and engaged — 

and as we’ve grown, so have our career development 

opportunities. Every employee has an important role in 

our success, and we’re committed to doing our part to 

continue providing a positive work environment.

To every shareholder, employee and client of Tyler 

Technologies, we thank you for your support.

John S. Marr Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer 

March 27, 2015

DIVISION LEADERSHIP

TOTAL REVENUES

in millions

BACKLOG

in millions

CORPORATE OFFICERS

1

.

3

9

4

$

6

.

6

1

4

$

3

.

3

6

3

$

4

.

9

0

3

$

6

.

8

8

2

$

0

.

2

0

7

$

7

.

1

5

5

$

6

.

0

8

3

$

8

.

9

3

3

$

4

.

1

8

2

$

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

(Left to right)

Andrew D. Teed, Brett Cate, 

Christopher P. Hepburn, 

Bruce Graham

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

2

(Left to right)

Robert J. Sansone, Samantha B. Crosby, Matthew B. Bieri, 

Dustin R. Womble, John M. Yeaman, John S. Marr Jr., Brian K. Miller,

H. Lynn Moore Jr., Terri L. Alford, W. Michael Smith

For more information about our leadership team, 
please refer to inside back cover.

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

3

TYLER OVERVIEW

With nearly 2,900 employees and more than 13,000 

government and school clients in all 50 states, 

Canada, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, and other 

international jurisdictions, Tyler Technologies is the 

largest software company in the nation with an exclusive 

focus on the public sector. We’re more than software 

developers — we’re implementation and support 

partners whose client relationships span decades. From 

a $7 million reappraisal solution for the city of Detroit to 

a fast-track engagement that’s bringing electronic court 

filing to every county in Texas, Tyler’s comprehensive 

services and evergreen philosophy with no additional 

license fees toward upgrades empower our clients to 

serve the public with efficiency, accessibility and  

fiscal responsibility.

REVENUE MIX

 43.1%  Maintenance

 23.1%  Services 

 17.8%  Subscriptions

 10.0%  Software Licenses 

  and Royalties

  4.4%  Appraisal

  1.6%  Hardware and Other

RECURRING REVENUES

in millions

’14

’13

’12

’11

’10

$300.5

$253.6

$216.5

$177.7

$159.0

SCHOOL SOLUTIONS

STATE & LOCAL GOVERNMENT

STUDENT MANAGEMENT

ERP | FINANCIAL

COURTS & JUSTICE

APPRAISAL & TAX

PUBLIC SAFETY

Tyler offers a full suite of student management 

More than 4,500 

From paperless court 

Tyler has served 1,300 

When it comes to public 

solutions to help educators and administrators put 

government entities rely on 

case management to 

taxing authorities 

safety, timeliness and 

students first, including student information (grades, 

Tyler’s financial solutions 

e-filing solutions, Tyler’s 

throughout the United 

accuracy are paramount. 

attendance and scheduling), data analytics, special 

for efficient management 

courts and justice 

States and Canada 

Tyler’s public safety 

education and student transportation. In fact, Tyler’s 

of their accounting, payroll 

products offer a broad 

with computer-assisted 

solutions facilitate the 

Versatrans® solutions manage transportation for  

and human resources 

range of functionality for 

mass appraisal (CAMA) 

sharing of mission-critical 

1 out of every 10 U.S. school districts.

functions as they manage 

courts, prosecutors, law 

solutions, tax billing and 

information and streamline 

FINANCIAL

Tyler delivers integrated financial solutions that 

address the unique budgeting, procurement and 

payroll needs of education clients. By supporting 

our clients’ most essential business functions, Tyler 

helps schools maximize their resources in the more 

than 1,350 school districts we serve.

$160 billion in public 

enforcement, corrections 

collections software, and 

records management 

sector funds annually. 

and supervision staff. 

turnkey reassessment 

for first responders, 

Our human capital 

More than 30 percent of 

and revaluation services. 

dispatchers, jails and 

management solutions 

the U.S. population lives 

Tyler’s appraisal and tax 

others. Protecting more 

process payroll for more 

in jurisdictions that have 

solutions have facilitated 

than 2 million citizens 

than 1 million public 

licensed Tyler’s Odyssey® 

the efficient management 

every day, Tyler solutions 

sector employees.

case management or 

of 60 million parcels  

equip jurisdictions to take 

e-filing solutions. 

of property.

1.6 million 911/dispatch 

calls annually.

PLANNING, 

REGULATORY & 

MAINTENANCE

Tyler’s planning, regulatory 

and maintenance products 

centralize and connect 

processes across building 

departments, code 

enforcement, public works 

and other agencies, with 

24-hour citizen access 

and mobile solutions that 

extend functionality into 

the field. These solutions 

serve approximately  

25 million citizens in the 

United States and Canada.

RECORDS & 

DOCUMENTS

Our record and document 

solutions are instrumental 

in the management of 

land and vital records for 

24 million citizens across 

the United States. Using 

Tyler solutions, our clients 

currently store and access 

more than 440 million land 

and vital records. 

4

Tyler Technologies 2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies 2014 Annual Report

5

 
TYLER OVERVIEW

With nearly 2,900 employees and more than 13,000 

government and school clients in all 50 states, 

Canada, the Caribbean, the United Kingdom, and other 

international jurisdictions, Tyler Technologies is the 

largest software company in the nation with an exclusive 

focus on the public sector. We’re more than software 

developers — we’re implementation and support 

partners whose client relationships span decades. From 

a $7 million reappraisal solution for the city of Detroit to 

a fast-track engagement that’s bringing electronic court 

filing to every county in Texas, Tyler’s comprehensive 

services and evergreen philosophy with no additional 

license fees toward upgrades empower our clients to 

serve the public with efficiency, accessibility and  

fiscal responsibility.

REVENUE MIX

 43.1%  Maintenance

 23.1%  Services 

 17.8%  Subscriptions

 10.0%  Software Licenses 
  and Royalties

  4.4%  Appraisal

  1.6%  Hardware and Other

RECURRING REVENUES
in millions

’14
’13

’12
’11
’10

$300.5

$253.6

$216.5

$177.7

$159.0

SCHOOL SOLUTIONS

STATE & LOCAL GOVERNMENT

STUDENT MANAGEMENT

ERP | FINANCIAL

COURTS & JUSTICE

APPRAISAL & TAX

PUBLIC SAFETY

Tyler offers a full suite of student management 

More than 4,500 

From paperless court 

Tyler has served 1,300 

When it comes to public 

solutions to help educators and administrators put 

government entities rely on 

case management to 

taxing authorities 

safety, timeliness and 

students first, including student information (grades, 

Tyler’s financial solutions 

e-filing solutions, Tyler’s 

throughout the United 

accuracy are paramount. 

attendance and scheduling), data analytics, special 

for efficient management 

courts and justice 

States and Canada 

Tyler’s public safety 

education and student transportation. In fact, Tyler’s 

of their accounting, payroll 

products offer a broad 

with computer-assisted 

solutions facilitate the 

Versatrans® solutions manage transportation for  

and human resources 

range of functionality for 

mass appraisal (CAMA) 

sharing of mission-critical 

1 out of every 10 U.S. school districts.

functions as they manage 

courts, prosecutors, law 

solutions, tax billing and 

information and streamline 

FINANCIAL

Tyler delivers integrated financial solutions that 

address the unique budgeting, procurement and 

payroll needs of education clients. By supporting 

our clients’ most essential business functions, Tyler 

helps schools maximize their resources in the more 

than 1,350 school districts we serve.

$160 billion in public 

enforcement, corrections 

collections software, and 

records management 

sector funds annually. 

and supervision staff. 

turnkey reassessment 

for first responders, 

Our human capital 

More than 30 percent of 

and revaluation services. 

dispatchers, jails and 

management solutions 

the U.S. population lives 

Tyler’s appraisal and tax 

others. Protecting more 

process payroll for more 

in jurisdictions that have 

solutions have facilitated 

than 2 million citizens 

than 1 million public 

licensed Tyler’s Odyssey® 

the efficient management 

every day, Tyler solutions 

sector employees.

case management or 

of 60 million parcels  

equip jurisdictions to take 

e-filing solutions. 

of property.

1.6 million 911/dispatch 

calls annually.

PLANNING, 
REGULATORY & 
MAINTENANCE

Tyler’s planning, regulatory 

and maintenance products 

centralize and connect 

processes across building 

departments, code 

enforcement, public works 

and other agencies, with 

24-hour citizen access 

and mobile solutions that 

extend functionality into 

the field. These solutions 

serve approximately  

25 million citizens in the 

United States and Canada.

RECORDS & 
DOCUMENTS

Our record and document 

solutions are instrumental 

in the management of 

land and vital records for 

24 million citizens across 

the United States. Using 

Tyler solutions, our clients 

currently store and access 

more than 440 million land 

and vital records. 

4

Tyler Technologies 2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies 2014 Annual Report

5

 
Q&A:

The public sector market continued a trend of 

gradually improving conditions that began in 

2012. In 2014, we leveraged our position as 

an industry leader to win a growing share of 

a healthy market. This question and answer 

format allows us to provide details and 

insights on the factors that contributed to an 

exceptional year.

What market trends and other key factors 

contributed to Tyler’s performance in 2014?

Over the last two years, the market has returned to  

pre-recession levels — what we’d characterize as 

a normal level of activity. During that time, budget 

environments have generally improved in the public 

sector, and Tyler’s strong competitive position fueled a 

level of growth that far outpaced the market as a whole 

in 2014. We achieved 18.2 percent organic growth 

overall in 2014. Organic software-related revenue growth 

was 19.4 percent, compared with our compound  

average growth rate of 12.7 percent organic growth  

and 14.6 percent total growth since 2002.

BLAZING TRAILS

In order to maintain our competitive edge, Tyler Technologies is 

constantly expanding our capabilities and refining our offerings. We 

continued to invest in product development at a high level when 

many of our competitors were cutting back — and in 2014, those 

investments further elevated our position as a market leader. As 

always, the real-world needs of our clients inspire us to blaze new 

trails with new products, features and functionality.

6

Tyler Technologies 2014 Annual Report

7

Q&A:

The public sector market continued a trend of 
gradually improving conditions that began in 
2012. In 2014, we leveraged our position as 
an industry leader to win a growing share of 
a healthy market. This question and answer 
format allows us to provide details and 
insights on the factors that contributed to an 
exceptional year.

What market trends and other key factors 
contributed to Tyler’s performance in 2014?

Over the last two years, the market has returned to  

pre-recession levels — what we’d characterize as 

a normal level of activity. During that time, budget 

environments have generally improved in the public 

sector, and Tyler’s strong competitive position fueled a 

level of growth that far outpaced the market as a whole 

in 2014. We achieved 18.2 percent organic growth 

overall in 2014. Organic software-related revenue growth 

was 19.4 percent, compared with our compound  

average growth rate of 12.7 percent organic growth  

and 14.6 percent total growth since 2002.

BLAZING TRAILS

In order to maintain our competitive edge, Tyler Technologies is 

constantly expanding our capabilities and refining our offerings. We 

continued to invest in product development at a high level when 

many of our competitors were cutting back — and in 2014, those 

investments further elevated our position as a market leader. As 

always, the real-world needs of our clients inspire us to blaze new 

trails with new products, features and functionality.

6

Tyler Technologies 2014 Annual Report

7

EXERCISING AGILITY

Our strategy for growth is rooted in four key initiatives —

expanding our geographic reach, broadening our product 

offerings, winning large-scale accounts, and extending our 

relationships with existing clients. By approaching these 

opportunities with speed and agility, Tyler Technologies posted 

an organic growth rate of 18.2 percent in 2014.

At the same time, many of our competitors pulled back 

on development as a cost-saving measure, which caused 

through a bid process. 

What are your long-term targets for revenue and 
earnings growth?

Our targets are to consistently grow revenues in the 

How has Tyler’s competitive position evolved in 
recent years, and what are the takeaways with 
regard to performance?

low- to mid-teens annually, and by doing so, to achieve 

Tyler is clearly winning a larger share of business than 

margin expansion that allows us to grow earnings in 

we have in years past. Bookings for the year reached a 

the high teens to low 20s annually. We significantly 

new high in 2014, with an increase of approximately  

exceeded those targets in 2014, due to a combination  

28 percent over the prior year. 

of growth in recurring e-filing revenues for courts in 

Texas, together with very high win rates across our 

software products.

Why did eFileTexas.gov have such a strong 
influence on revenues and earnings in 2014?

As the statewide provider for mandatory electronic 

filing of civil court documents in Texas, Tyler incurred 

significant costs related to the 2013 startup of the 

eFileTexas.gov portal. Recurring revenues from this  

fixed-price contract ramped up in 2014, growing to  

$17 million from $3.8 million in 2013, contributing 

about 3 percentage points of our total revenue growth.

When the new business environment was challenging 

in 2010 and 2011 as a result of the recession, Tyler 

had the financial strength and cash flow to increase our 

investment in product development, and we made the 

decision to modestly sacrifice some short-term earnings 

during that time period in order to strengthen our  

long-term competitive position. Our priorities were to 

fill gaps in the feature sets and functionality of our 

products, as well as to focus on product enhancements 

to increase the competitive distance between Tyler and 

other solution providers. 

some to lose competitive ground, and others to lose 

relevance in the new business market. We believe that 

this is a major factor in our increasing win rates in the 

last three years. Importantly, Tyler’s strong history of 

execution — particularly on large projects — continued 

to further strengthen our competitive position. Our 

successful performance has been the result of both 

strategic innovation to meet the needs of our clients and 

our proven ability to execute complex implementations.

What do your backlog and bookings say about 

current performance and future visibility?

Backlog was up 27.2 percent year over year at  

$702 million as of December 31, 2014. It’s been 

growing well ahead of our revenue growth rate, with  

54 percent of our backlog expected to be recognized in 

the next 12 months, and the remainder extending for 

as long as seven years. The growth in backlog gives us 

8

Tyler Technologies 2014 Annual Report

9

ERP/FINANCIAL

We expanded our market-leading 

presence with our Munis® and 

Incode® ERP product suites in 

2014, adding more than 125 new 

clients. Jurisdictions frequently 

cited increased efficiencies and full 

integration as reasons for selecting 

Tyler ERP products. A master 

purchasing agreement awarded by 

Rhode Island enabled that state’s 

school districts and municipalities 

to license Munis and Infinite Visions 

directly from Tyler at pre-negotiated 

prices and terms without going 

Contracts included a seven-year,  

$11 million multisuite SaaS 

agreement, including Munis ERP, 

Incode courts, and EnerGov, with 

the city of Mobile, Alabama; and 

an $8 million contract with Marin 

County, California, for the Munis ERP 

solution. Other significant signings 

included a $4.1 million Munis 

contract with Jefferson County, the 

largest county in Alabama; Munis 

contracts with the cities of Miami 

Beach and Altamonte Springs in 

Florida; and a Munis contract with 

Oklahoma County, the largest county 

in that state. 

With our Microsoft® Dynamics AX 

business, royalty revenues were 

virtually flat at $3 million, and 

revenues from our direct channel  

rose 140 percent to $5.3 million.

 
EXERCISING AGILITY

Our strategy for growth is rooted in four key initiatives —

expanding our geographic reach, broadening our product 

offerings, winning large-scale accounts, and extending our 

relationships with existing clients. By approaching these 

opportunities with speed and agility, Tyler Technologies posted 

an organic growth rate of 18.2 percent in 2014.

What are your long-term targets for revenue and 

How has Tyler’s competitive position evolved in 

At the same time, many of our competitors pulled back 

earnings growth?

recent years, and what are the takeaways with 

on development as a cost-saving measure, which caused 

Our targets are to consistently grow revenues in the 

regard to performance?

low- to mid-teens annually, and by doing so, to achieve 

Tyler is clearly winning a larger share of business than 

margin expansion that allows us to grow earnings in 

we have in years past. Bookings for the year reached a 

the high teens to low 20s annually. We significantly 

new high in 2014, with an increase of approximately  

exceeded those targets in 2014, due to a combination  

28 percent over the prior year. 

of growth in recurring e-filing revenues for courts in 

Texas, together with very high win rates across our 

software products.

Why did eFileTexas.gov have such a strong 

influence on revenues and earnings in 2014?

As the statewide provider for mandatory electronic 

filing of civil court documents in Texas, Tyler incurred 

significant costs related to the 2013 startup of the 

eFileTexas.gov portal. Recurring revenues from this  

fixed-price contract ramped up in 2014, growing to  

$17 million from $3.8 million in 2013, contributing 

about 3 percentage points of our total revenue growth.

When the new business environment was challenging 

in 2010 and 2011 as a result of the recession, Tyler 

had the financial strength and cash flow to increase our 

investment in product development, and we made the 

decision to modestly sacrifice some short-term earnings 

during that time period in order to strengthen our  

long-term competitive position. Our priorities were to 

fill gaps in the feature sets and functionality of our 

products, as well as to focus on product enhancements 

to increase the competitive distance between Tyler and 

other solution providers. 

some to lose competitive ground, and others to lose 

relevance in the new business market. We believe that 

this is a major factor in our increasing win rates in the 

last three years. Importantly, Tyler’s strong history of 

execution — particularly on large projects — continued 

to further strengthen our competitive position. Our 

successful performance has been the result of both 

strategic innovation to meet the needs of our clients and 

our proven ability to execute complex implementations.

What do your backlog and bookings say about 
current performance and future visibility?

Backlog was up 27.2 percent year over year at  

$702 million as of December 31, 2014. It’s been 

growing well ahead of our revenue growth rate, with  

54 percent of our backlog expected to be recognized in 

the next 12 months, and the remainder extending for 

as long as seven years. The growth in backlog gives us 

ERP/FINANCIAL
We expanded our market-leading 
presence with our Munis® and 
Incode® ERP product suites in 
2014, adding more than 125 new 
clients. Jurisdictions frequently 
cited increased efficiencies and full 
integration as reasons for selecting 
Tyler ERP products. A master 
purchasing agreement awarded by 
Rhode Island enabled that state’s 
school districts and municipalities 
to license Munis and Infinite Visions 
directly from Tyler at pre-negotiated 
prices and terms without going 
through a bid process. 

Contracts included a seven-year,  
$11 million multisuite SaaS 
agreement, including Munis ERP, 
Incode courts, and EnerGov, with 
the city of Mobile, Alabama; and 
an $8 million contract with Marin 
County, California, for the Munis ERP 
solution. Other significant signings 
included a $4.1 million Munis 
contract with Jefferson County, the 
largest county in Alabama; Munis 
contracts with the cities of Miami 
Beach and Altamonte Springs in 
Florida; and a Munis contract with 
Oklahoma County, the largest county 
in that state. 

With our Microsoft® Dynamics AX 
business, royalty revenues were 
virtually flat at $3 million, and 
revenues from our direct channel  
rose 140 percent to $5.3 million.

8

Tyler Technologies 2014 Annual Report

9

 
increased visibility into revenues for the next  

12 months and beyond, with more than half of  

that backlog composed of recurring revenues.

Bookings for 2014 grew approximately 28 percent, 

excluding the effects of the eFileTexas.gov contract. 

To put this metric into context, we should note that 

bookings are calculated by the change in backlog plus 

revenues — and the resulting number can vary quite a 

bit from quarter to quarter, particularly with respect to 

the impact of large contracts. We encourage people who 

are looking at bookings to also look at them on a trailing 

12-month basis to smooth out these spikes.

How are subscriptions performing in relation to 
traditional software licenses?

Subscriptions are our fastest-growing revenue area. 

These include revenues from cloud-based software as 

a service (SaaS) arrangements, as well as transaction-

based revenues such as e-filing and e-payments. All 

of our major products are offered both as on-premises 

solutions and on a subscription basis. In 2014, slightly 

more than one-fourth of our new clients selected the 

SaaS model, while the rest selected the traditional  

on-premises model. We’re generally seeing a distinct  

but gradual long-term shift toward SaaS, and in 2014 

the total value of new SaaS contracts increased by 

nearly 60 percent from 2013. That said, we think it’s  

important to provide solutions in whatever ways our 

clients need and want them, and we’re still actively 

COURTS & JUSTICE
With our fastest-growing product 
line in 2014, our Courts & Justice 
Division began to reap significant 
financial results from Tyler’s e-filing 
agreement with the state of Texas, 
with $17 million in revenues from 
eFileTexas.gov™. We kept our 
competitive momentum going with 
the launch of Odyssey® Guide & File, 
which provides courts with tools 
to guide self-represented litigants 
through the online filing process. 
The Georgia Council of Magistrate 
Court Judges became the first Tyler 
client to roll out this innovative 
solution. Another significant Georgia 
win was DeKalb County for Odyssey 
eFileGA. Other contract highlights 
included an e-filing pilot program in 
Massachusetts, an amended Odyssey 
contract with the state of Maryland 
to provide transaction-based e-filing, 
and a $32 million Odyssey contract 
in the nation’s largest county with the 
Los Angeles Superior Court. Tyler’s 
Incode® courts product was selected 
in Biloxi, Mississippi; Killeen, Texas; 
and Murfreesboro, Tennessee.

growing licenses while at the same time building a 

The eFileTexas.gov agreement differs from our other 

strong SaaS business. We expect that trend will  

e-filing arrangements in that this is a fixed-price contract 

continue over time, and SaaS will represent an  

that added $72 million to our backlog in September 

increasing percentage of our new business.

2013. We recognized $17 million of that revenue in 

Within your subscriptions business, how has your 
e-filing agreement with the state of Texas evolved?

We won this important business in 2012 when the state 

of Texas named Tyler Technologies as the statewide 

provider for mandatory e-filing of civil courts documents. 

2014 and expect to recognize approximately $19 million 

in 2015. We believe the Texas implementation can serve 

as a model for other courts contemplating e-filing.

What other e-filing opportunities are on  
the horizon? 

When the mandate was handed down, some courts were 

We currently are the dominant provider of court case 

concerned about their ability to meet the very aggressive 

management systems as well as the clear leader in 

timetable — but Tyler was prepared for the task and 

e-filing for courts nationwide, and we expect to continue 

performed very well in the implementation. As of the 

to expand our footprint with both offerings. E-filing is 

end of 2014, eFileTexas.gov had more than 90,000 

the fastest-growing part of our subscription business, 

users and was processing approximately 100,000  

and it’s a low-penetration offering with a high degree 

filings each week.

of opportunity. As e-filing continues to gain momentum 

TRANSITION TO CLOUD-BASED SERVICES

through both voluntary and mandatory channels, we 

in millions

$90

$50

$10

’09

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

Subscription Revenues

Software Licenses and Royalties Revenues

APPRAISAL & TAX

After introducing the iasWorld® Field 

Mobile solution for Windows 8 in 

2013, Tyler successfully completed 

a pilot program in Greene County, 

Missouri, in 2014. Field Mobile is a 

tablet-based tool built on Windows 8 

that allows appraisers to collect and 

update property characteristics in the 

field, both online and off, integrating 

directly with our iasWorld solution. 

We marked the beginning of a  

major reappraisal cycle in the state  

of Indiana, with the signing of  

27 counties for our CLT Appraisal 

Services™ totaling approximately 

$13.5 million. Other significant 

property appraisal agreements were 

Gwinnett County, Georgia, for  

$4.9 million, and a $7 million 

agreement for the first full reappraisal 

in 50 years for Detroit, Michigan. 

Internationally, we signed agreements 

for our iasWorld software with the 

Ministry of Home Affairs in Brunei, 

and the Ministry of Finance for the 

Government of The Bahamas. We 

also expanded geographically with a 

contract for the first Oregon Orion™ 

installation in Multnomah County 

(Portland) and the first iasWorld 

installation in South Carolina 

(Lexington County).

expect it will replace paper filing in most courts over the 

next decade.

As we continue to grow this part of our business, we’ll 

focus on three key areas — implementing e-filing 

with current Odyssey case management clients, 

selling e-filing in conjunction with new Odyssey case 

management contracts, and winning stand-alone e-filing 

engagements, as we did with the e-filing pilot program 

we launched in Massachusetts during the year.

The California courts market was especially active 

in 2014. How is this business evolving?

The California courts market opened up to us in early 

2012 when the state abandoned a 10-year effort 

to develop a custom statewide case management 

system. Our position as the clear national leader in 

courts and justice software helped us win a great deal 

of business from the pent-up demand in California 

courts. Of the 28 courts in California that have signed 

contracts for new case management solutions since 

2012, 25 have selected Tyler’s Odyssey® court case 

management solution. Revenues from these contracts 

will be recognized over a number of quarters — or in 

some cases, years — providing increased visibility for 

future revenues. We expect the California market to be a 

significant contributor over the next three to five years.

What opportunities do you see in California beyond 

the initial Odyssey implementations?

Since not all of our initial contracts include all case 

types, we expect to expand our existing relationships 

to include additional types where applicable. We also 

expect that most of the 30 counties in California 

that have not yet committed to replacing their case 

management systems will eventually do so. In addition, 

we’re pursuing a broad range of integrated criminal 

justice system opportunities with California counties 

beyond case management, adding applications for jails, 

prosecutors, public defenders and probation.

We further believe that e-filing for California courts 

represents a major opportunity. We’ve already signed 

courts in 17 California counties to transaction-based 

e-filing contracts, although it may be two to three years 

before we start to recognize significant revenues from 

those agreements, and we expect that most of the courts 

10

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

11

increased visibility into revenues for the next  

12 months and beyond, with more than half of  

that backlog composed of recurring revenues.

Bookings for 2014 grew approximately 28 percent, 

excluding the effects of the eFileTexas.gov contract. 

To put this metric into context, we should note that 

bookings are calculated by the change in backlog plus 

revenues — and the resulting number can vary quite a 

bit from quarter to quarter, particularly with respect to 

the impact of large contracts. We encourage people who 

are looking at bookings to also look at them on a trailing 

12-month basis to smooth out these spikes.

How are subscriptions performing in relation to 

traditional software licenses?

Subscriptions are our fastest-growing revenue area. 

These include revenues from cloud-based software as 

a service (SaaS) arrangements, as well as transaction-

based revenues such as e-filing and e-payments. All 

of our major products are offered both as on-premises 

solutions and on a subscription basis. In 2014, slightly 

more than one-fourth of our new clients selected the 

SaaS model, while the rest selected the traditional  

on-premises model. We’re generally seeing a distinct  

but gradual long-term shift toward SaaS, and in 2014 

the total value of new SaaS contracts increased by 

nearly 60 percent from 2013. That said, we think it’s  

important to provide solutions in whatever ways our 

clients need and want them, and we’re still actively 

COURTS & JUSTICE

With our fastest-growing product 

line in 2014, our Courts & Justice 

Division began to reap significant 

financial results from Tyler’s e-filing 

agreement with the state of Texas, 

with $17 million in revenues from 

eFileTexas.gov™. We kept our 

competitive momentum going with 

the launch of Odyssey® Guide & File, 

which provides courts with tools 

to guide self-represented litigants 

through the online filing process. 

The Georgia Council of Magistrate 

Court Judges became the first Tyler 

client to roll out this innovative 

solution. Another significant Georgia 

win was DeKalb County for Odyssey 

eFileGA. Other contract highlights 

included an e-filing pilot program in 

Massachusetts, an amended Odyssey 

contract with the state of Maryland 

to provide transaction-based e-filing, 

and a $32 million Odyssey contract 

in the nation’s largest county with the 

Los Angeles Superior Court. Tyler’s 

Incode® courts product was selected 

in Biloxi, Mississippi; Killeen, Texas; 

and Murfreesboro, Tennessee.

growing licenses while at the same time building a 

The eFileTexas.gov agreement differs from our other 

strong SaaS business. We expect that trend will  

e-filing arrangements in that this is a fixed-price contract 

continue over time, and SaaS will represent an  

that added $72 million to our backlog in September 

increasing percentage of our new business.

2013. We recognized $17 million of that revenue in 

Within your subscriptions business, how has your 

e-filing agreement with the state of Texas evolved?

We won this important business in 2012 when the state 

of Texas named Tyler Technologies as the statewide 

provider for mandatory e-filing of civil courts documents. 

2014 and expect to recognize approximately $19 million 

in 2015. We believe the Texas implementation can serve 

as a model for other courts contemplating e-filing.

What other e-filing opportunities are on  

the horizon? 

When the mandate was handed down, some courts were 

We currently are the dominant provider of court case 

concerned about their ability to meet the very aggressive 

management systems as well as the clear leader in 

timetable — but Tyler was prepared for the task and 

e-filing for courts nationwide, and we expect to continue 

performed very well in the implementation. As of the 

to expand our footprint with both offerings. E-filing is 

end of 2014, eFileTexas.gov had more than 90,000 

the fastest-growing part of our subscription business, 

users and was processing approximately 100,000  

and it’s a low-penetration offering with a high degree 

filings each week.

of opportunity. As e-filing continues to gain momentum 

TRANSITION TO CLOUD-BASED SERVICES
in millions

$90

$50

$10

’09

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

Subscription Revenues

Software Licenses and Royalties Revenues

APPRAISAL & TAX
After introducing the iasWorld® Field 
Mobile solution for Windows 8 in 
2013, Tyler successfully completed 
a pilot program in Greene County, 
Missouri, in 2014. Field Mobile is a 
tablet-based tool built on Windows 8 
that allows appraisers to collect and 
update property characteristics in the 
field, both online and off, integrating 
directly with our iasWorld solution. 

We marked the beginning of a  
major reappraisal cycle in the state  
of Indiana, with the signing of  
27 counties for our CLT Appraisal 
Services™ totaling approximately 
$13.5 million. Other significant 
property appraisal agreements were 
Gwinnett County, Georgia, for  
$4.9 million, and a $7 million 
agreement for the first full reappraisal 
in 50 years for Detroit, Michigan. 
Internationally, we signed agreements 
for our iasWorld software with the 
Ministry of Home Affairs in Brunei, 
and the Ministry of Finance for the 
Government of The Bahamas. We 
also expanded geographically with a 
contract for the first Oregon Orion™ 
installation in Multnomah County 
(Portland) and the first iasWorld 
installation in South Carolina 
(Lexington County).

through both voluntary and mandatory channels, we 

expect it will replace paper filing in most courts over the 

next decade.

As we continue to grow this part of our business, we’ll 

focus on three key areas — implementing e-filing 

with current Odyssey case management clients, 

selling e-filing in conjunction with new Odyssey case 

management contracts, and winning stand-alone e-filing 

engagements, as we did with the e-filing pilot program 

we launched in Massachusetts during the year.

The California courts market was especially active 
in 2014. How is this business evolving?

The California courts market opened up to us in early 

2012 when the state abandoned a 10-year effort 

to develop a custom statewide case management 

system. Our position as the clear national leader in 

courts and justice software helped us win a great deal 

of business from the pent-up demand in California 

courts. Of the 28 courts in California that have signed 

contracts for new case management solutions since 

2012, 25 have selected Tyler’s Odyssey® court case 

management solution. Revenues from these contracts 

will be recognized over a number of quarters — or in 

some cases, years — providing increased visibility for 

future revenues. We expect the California market to be a 

significant contributor over the next three to five years.

What opportunities do you see in California beyond 
the initial Odyssey implementations?

Since not all of our initial contracts include all case 

types, we expect to expand our existing relationships 

to include additional types where applicable. We also 

expect that most of the 30 counties in California 

that have not yet committed to replacing their case 

management systems will eventually do so. In addition, 

we’re pursuing a broad range of integrated criminal 

justice system opportunities with California counties 

beyond case management, adding applications for jails, 

prosecutors, public defenders and probation.

We further believe that e-filing for California courts 

represents a major opportunity. We’ve already signed 

courts in 17 California counties to transaction-based 

e-filing contracts, although it may be two to three years 

before we start to recognize significant revenues from 

those agreements, and we expect that most of the courts 

10

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

11

using Odyssey software will ultimately also choose our 

e-filing solution. The power of these recurring revenues 

is attractive, and we estimate that in many jurisdictions 

the recurring e-filing revenues will be as much as twice 

the annual software maintenance revenues.

We’ll also continue to cultivate new business in other 

product areas throughout the state. We’ve had a  

great deal of success with our Munis, Incode and 

EnerGov solutions in California. And these expansion 

opportunities are not unique to California — they’re 

simply powerful examples of our long-term  

growth strategy.

How does product development figure into your 
overall business strategy?

At Tyler Technologies, our product development efforts 

are focused and driven by client needs. We’re committed 

to building best of breed systems that meet the needs 

of the public sector. If a client or employee identifies 

a gap or opportunity, we consider that in our product 

development plans. This powerful strategy has led Tyler 

to develop e-filing solutions ahead of our competitors, 

bring case management into the courtroom on a 

touchscreen device, and put mobile solutions into the 

hands of public safety officers, city inspectors, property 

assessors and others.

RECORDS & DOCUMENTS
Tyler Technologies provides a full 
suite of record and document 
solutions, including Document Pro™, 
Eagle™, Tyler Content Manager™ 
and Tyler Meeting Manager™. Our 
scalable, affordable solutions enable 
governments to provide the public 
with secure electronic access to 
land records, vital records and 
other official documents. They also 
facilitate electronic management of 
communications and archives, as 
well as planning, scheduling and 
document automation for public 
meetings. Major contract signings 
in 2014 included Tulsa County, 
Oklahoma; Erie County, Ohio; and 
Peoria County, Illinois.

DRIVING EXCELLENCE

Strong momentum is only as valuable as the expert guidance 

that defines its course. Tyler Technologies is the nation’s 

largest software provider with an exclusive focus on the public 

sector, offering an unrivaled depth of expertise in student 

management; school finance; enterprise resource planning; 

courts and justice; appraisal and tax; public safety; planning, 

regulatory and maintenance; and records and documents.

12

13

 
using Odyssey software will ultimately also choose our 

e-filing solution. The power of these recurring revenues 

is attractive, and we estimate that in many jurisdictions 

the recurring e-filing revenues will be as much as twice 

the annual software maintenance revenues.

We’ll also continue to cultivate new business in other 

product areas throughout the state. We’ve had a  

great deal of success with our Munis, Incode and 

EnerGov solutions in California. And these expansion 

opportunities are not unique to California — they’re 

simply powerful examples of our long-term  

growth strategy.

How does product development figure into your 

overall business strategy?

At Tyler Technologies, our product development efforts 

are focused and driven by client needs. We’re committed 

to building best of breed systems that meet the needs 

of the public sector. If a client or employee identifies 

a gap or opportunity, we consider that in our product 

development plans. This powerful strategy has led Tyler 

to develop e-filing solutions ahead of our competitors, 

bring case management into the courtroom on a 

touchscreen device, and put mobile solutions into the 

hands of public safety officers, city inspectors, property 

assessors and others.

RECORDS & DOCUMENTS

Tyler Technologies provides a full 

suite of record and document 

solutions, including Document Pro™, 

Eagle™, Tyler Content Manager™ 

and Tyler Meeting Manager™. Our 

scalable, affordable solutions enable 

governments to provide the public 

with secure electronic access to 

land records, vital records and 

other official documents. They also 

facilitate electronic management of 

communications and archives, as 

well as planning, scheduling and 

document automation for public 

meetings. Major contract signings 

in 2014 included Tulsa County, 

Oklahoma; Erie County, Ohio; and 

Peoria County, Illinois.

12

13

DRIVING EXCELLENCE

Strong momentum is only as valuable as the expert guidance 

that defines its course. Tyler Technologies is the nation’s 

largest software provider with an exclusive focus on the public 

sector, offering an unrivaled depth of expertise in student 

management; school finance; enterprise resource planning; 

courts and justice; appraisal and tax; public safety; planning, 

regulatory and maintenance; and records and documents.

 
DELIVERING EFFICIENCY

In everything we do, Tyler Technologies is committed to 

empowering the people who serve the public. Our solutions 

help schools and governments operate with efficiency 

and transparency, while enhancing their ability to provide 

responsive customer service. Even as technologies 

and public mandates continue to evolve, Tyler delivers 

evergreen solutions to keep our clients on track.

2014 QUARTERLY  
EARNINGS PER SHARE
in dollars

ANNUAL EARNINGS  
PER SHARE
in dollars

8
4

.

0
$

3
4

.

0
$

2
4

.

0
$

3
3

.

0
$

6
6

.

1
$

.

3
1
1
$

0
0

.

1
$

3
8

.

0
$

1
7

.

0
$

1Q 

2Q 

3Q 

4Q 

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

PLANNING, REGULATORY 
& MAINTENANCE
Within our planning, regulatory 
and maintenance business, Tyler 
is gaining traction with EnerGov™, 
which we acquired in 2012. We 
not only signed a number of stand-
alone contracts for our community 
development and infrastructure 
software, but we also signed several 
EnerGov contracts in conjunction 
with Incode® and Munis® agreements. 
Contract highlights included a  
$5.8 million EnerGov agreement with 
Kansas City, Missouri, to replace its 
aging permitting software; a  
$2.3 million EnerGov contract with 
the Los Angeles County Department 
of Regional Planning; and significant 
contracts in Riverside County, 
California, and Charleston,  
South Carolina.

PUBLIC SAFETY

Tyler Technologies delivers truly 

integrated public safety solutions, 

including on-site and mobile solutions 

designed to improve situational 

awareness and enhance productivity. 

From our full-featured Odyssey® 

solutions to our innovative Tyler 

Public Safety™ iPad app, Tyler 

Technologies is helping police forces, 

sheriffs’ departments and other first 

responders serve the public with 

speed and accuracy. Among contract 

highlights for 2014 were agreements 

with the cities of Brentwood, 

Tennessee, and Biloxi, Mississippi, for 

our Tyler Public Safety and Incode® 

court case management software 

suites.

How do you identify the public sector hot buttons 

that are shaping your initiatives?

First and foremost, our development team draws upon 

the deep domain expertise that Tyler is known for. By 

design, we’re exclusively focused on the public sector, 

and many of our employees have firsthand experience in 

schools and governments. This deep industry expertise 

allows us to effectively pinpoint and anticipate  

user needs.

We also glean a great deal of our product development 

insights from Tyler Community — a valuable online 

resource reserved exclusively for Tyler clients. It  

provides a 24/7 forum for our public sector clients to 

share best practices, ask questions about Tyler products, 

and raise issues or point out needs that aren’t being 

met. Our development team actively monitors the site 

to answer questions, address concerns, and take note 

of client suggestions. Additionally, Tyler regularly hosts 

14

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

15

DELIVERING EFFICIENCY

In everything we do, Tyler Technologies is committed to 

empowering the people who serve the public. Our solutions 

help schools and governments operate with efficiency 

and transparency, while enhancing their ability to provide 

responsive customer service. Even as technologies 

and public mandates continue to evolve, Tyler delivers 

evergreen solutions to keep our clients on track.

2014 QUARTERLY  

EARNINGS PER SHARE

in dollars

ANNUAL EARNINGS  

PER SHARE

in dollars

8

4

.

0

$

3

4

.

0

$

2

4

.

0

$

3

3

.

0

$

6

6

.

1

$

3

1

.

1

$

0

0

.

1

$

3

8

.

0

$

1

7

.

0

$

1Q 

2Q 

3Q 

4Q 

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

PLANNING, REGULATORY 

& MAINTENANCE

Within our planning, regulatory 

and maintenance business, Tyler 

is gaining traction with EnerGov™, 

which we acquired in 2012. We 

not only signed a number of stand-

alone contracts for our community 

development and infrastructure 

software, but we also signed several 

EnerGov contracts in conjunction 

with Incode® and Munis® agreements. 

Contract highlights included a  

$5.8 million EnerGov agreement with 

Kansas City, Missouri, to replace its 

aging permitting software; a  

$2.3 million EnerGov contract with 

the Los Angeles County Department 

of Regional Planning; and significant 

contracts in Riverside County, 

California, and Charleston,  

South Carolina.

PUBLIC SAFETY
Tyler Technologies delivers truly 
integrated public safety solutions, 
including on-site and mobile solutions 
designed to improve situational 
awareness and enhance productivity. 
From our full-featured Odyssey® 
solutions to our innovative Tyler 
Public Safety™ iPad app, Tyler 
Technologies is helping police forces, 
sheriffs’ departments and other first 
responders serve the public with 
speed and accuracy. Among contract 
highlights for 2014 were agreements 
with the cities of Brentwood, 
Tennessee, and Biloxi, Mississippi, for 
our Tyler Public Safety and Incode® 
court case management software 
suites.

How do you identify the public sector hot buttons 
that are shaping your initiatives?

First and foremost, our development team draws upon 

the deep domain expertise that Tyler is known for. By 

design, we’re exclusively focused on the public sector, 

and many of our employees have firsthand experience in 

schools and governments. This deep industry expertise 

allows us to effectively pinpoint and anticipate  

user needs.

We also glean a great deal of our product development 

insights from Tyler Community — a valuable online 

resource reserved exclusively for Tyler clients. It  

provides a 24/7 forum for our public sector clients to 

share best practices, ask questions about Tyler products, 

and raise issues or point out needs that aren’t being 

met. Our development team actively monitors the site 

to answer questions, address concerns, and take note 

of client suggestions. Additionally, Tyler regularly hosts 

14

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

15

SCHOOL FINANCIAL
Our financial solutions for K-12 
schools empower clients to 
integrate a broad range of data and 
functionality into their operations 
— from financial, budgeting and 
procurement data to human resources 
and payroll processes. Contract 
highlights for the year included 
Infinite Visions® contracts with the 
Tucson Unified School District and 
Gilbert Public Schools in Arizona, 
as well as a master purchasing 
agreement with the state of Rhode 
Island, which satisfies the formal 
procurement process and lets school 
districts and municipalities bypass 
the bidding process to purchase our 
Munis® and Infinite Visions® products 
at pre-negotiated rates. Munis 
contracts included the Houston and 
Fayette County Boards of Education 
in Georgia; Mission Consolidated ISD, 
Texas; and Washington County School 
District, Maryland.

user groups and focus groups in which product owners 

meet with users to learn more about the issues facing 

our clients — as well as the features and functionality 

that would make their jobs easier.

As win rates continue to rise, so does the pressure 
to deliver. What steps has Tyler taken to ramp up 
capacity?

Increasing our head count has been key in staying on 

top of implementations. In 2014 alone, Tyler added 

283 employees — a move for which we were well 

prepared, both financially and operationally. We view 

our onboarding costs as a long-term investment. New 

hires enter a workplace where they’re surrounded by 

seasoned professionals with firsthand experience in the 

public sector. At Tyler, employees at every level have 

tremendous opportunities for professional growth, both 

within each division and across the company. These are 

just a few of the reasons why more than 60 percent of 

Tyler employees who were with the company 10 years 

ago are still here today — and we’re committed to 

maintaining our position as an employer of choice.

The preceding Q&A is a composite representation of 

the views of Tyler management with regard to company 

performance and market perspectives. For further 

information, visit tylertech.com or contact our investor 

relations team at info@tylertech.com.

STUDENT MANAGEMENT
Our student management products 
provide K-12 schools with reliable 
solutions for managing student 
information, data analytics and 
special education. The products we 
released in 2013 — the Traversa® 
transportation management system 
and Tyler Telematic GPS™ device — 
continued to gain ground throughout 
2014. Among our notable contracts 
for the year was a Versatrans® 
student transportation solution 
for Metropolitan Nashville Public 
Schools.

16

SCHOOL FINANCIAL

Our financial solutions for K-12 

schools empower clients to 

integrate a broad range of data and 

functionality into their operations 

— from financial, budgeting and 

procurement data to human resources 

and payroll processes. Contract 

highlights for the year included 

Infinite Visions® contracts with the 

Tucson Unified School District and 

Gilbert Public Schools in Arizona, 

as well as a master purchasing 

agreement with the state of Rhode 

Island, which satisfies the formal 

procurement process and lets school 

districts and municipalities bypass 

the bidding process to purchase our 

Munis® and Infinite Visions® products 

at pre-negotiated rates. Munis 

contracts included the Houston and 

Fayette County Boards of Education 

in Georgia; Mission Consolidated ISD, 

Texas; and Washington County School 

ago are still here today — and we’re committed to 

District, Maryland.

maintaining our position as an employer of choice.

user groups and focus groups in which product owners 

meet with users to learn more about the issues facing 

our clients — as well as the features and functionality 

that would make their jobs easier.

As win rates continue to rise, so does the pressure 

to deliver. What steps has Tyler taken to ramp up 

capacity?

Increasing our head count has been key in staying on 

top of implementations. In 2014 alone, Tyler added 

283 employees — a move for which we were well 

prepared, both financially and operationally. We view 

our onboarding costs as a long-term investment. New 

hires enter a workplace where they’re surrounded by 

seasoned professionals with firsthand experience in the 

public sector. At Tyler, employees at every level have 

tremendous opportunities for professional growth, both 

within each division and across the company. These are 

just a few of the reasons why more than 60 percent of 

Tyler employees who were with the company 10 years 

The preceding Q&A is a composite representation of 

the views of Tyler management with regard to company 

performance and market perspectives. For further 

information, visit tylertech.com or contact our investor 

relations team at info@tylertech.com.

STUDENT MANAGEMENT

Our student management products 

provide K-12 schools with reliable 

solutions for managing student 

information, data analytics and 

special education. The products we 

released in 2013 — the Traversa® 

transportation management system 

and Tyler Telematic GPS™ device — 

continued to gain ground throughout 

2014. Among our notable contracts 

for the year was a Versatrans® 

student transportation solution 

for Metropolitan Nashville Public 

Schools.

16

2 0 1 4   F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M A T I O N

Stock Market Data 

High 

Low

$  61.60 

  70.49 

  88.68 

  105.74 

$ 107.99 

  91.69 

  97.53 

  115.37 

 $ 48.86

  57.00

   68.60

   83.25

 $ 81.54

   74.37

   84.70

   86.05

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TYL.” At December 31, 2014, we had 

approximately 1,611 stockholders of record. A number of our stockholders hold their shares in street name; therefore, 

there are substantially more than 1,611 beneficial owners of our common stock. 

The following table shows, for the calendar periods indicated, the high and low sales price per share of our common 

stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. 

2013:  First Quarter 

  Second Quarter 

  Third Quarter 

  Fourth Quarter 

2014:   First Quarter 

  Second Quarter 

  Third Quarter 

  Fourth Quarter 

We did not pay any cash dividends in 2014 or 2013. We intend to retain earnings for use in the operation and 

expansion of our business, and, therefore, we do not anticipate declaring a cash dividend in the foreseeable future. 

During 2014, we purchased approximately 294,000 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price  

of $22.8 million. As of December 31, 2014, we had authorization to repurchase up to 1.4 million additional shares  

of Tyler common stock. The share repurchase program, which was approved by our board of directors, was announced  

in October 2002, and was amended at various times from 2003 through 2011. There is no expiration date specified  

for the authorization and we intend to repurchase stock under the plan from time to time.  

18

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

19

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Market Data 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TYL.” At December 31, 2014, we had 

approximately 1,611 stockholders of record. A number of our stockholders hold their shares in street name; therefore, 

there are substantially more than 1,611 beneficial owners of our common stock. 

The following table shows, for the calendar periods indicated, the high and low sales price per share of our common 

stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. 

2013:  First Quarter 

  Second Quarter 

  Third Quarter 

  Fourth Quarter 

2014:   First Quarter 

  Second Quarter 

  Third Quarter 

  Fourth Quarter 

High 

Low

$  61.60 

  70.49 

  88.68 

  105.74 

$ 107.99 

  91.69 

  97.53 

  115.37 

 $ 48.86

  57.00

   68.60

   83.25

 $ 81.54

   74.37

   84.70

   86.05

We did not pay any cash dividends in 2014 or 2013. We intend to retain earnings for use in the operation and 

expansion of our business, and, therefore, we do not anticipate declaring a cash dividend in the foreseeable future. 

During 2014, we purchased approximately 294,000 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price  

of $22.8 million. As of December 31, 2014, we had authorization to repurchase up to 1.4 million additional shares  

of Tyler common stock. The share repurchase program, which was approved by our board of directors, was announced  

in October 2002, and was amended at various times from 2003 through 2011. There is no expiration date specified  

for the authorization and we intend to repurchase stock under the plan from time to time.  

18

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

19

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Selected Financial Data

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(In thousands, except per share data) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010

For the Years Ended December 31,

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

Revenues   

Cost and expenses:

  Cost of revenues 

$ 493,101 

$ 416,643 

$ 363,304 

$ 309,391 

$ 288,628

  259,730 

  223,440 

  195,602 

  167,479 

  160,311

We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements. 

  Selling, general and administrative expenses 

  108,260 

  98,289 

  86,706 

  75,650 

  69,480

Readers should carefully review the risk factors described in documents we file from time to time with the Securities  

  Research and development expense 

  25,743 

  23,269 

  20,140 

  16,414 

  13,971

and Exchange Commission.

  Amortization of customer and trade name

intangibles 

Operating income 

Other expenses, net 

4,546 

4,517 

4,279 

3,331 

3,225

  94,822 

  67,128 

  56,577 

  46,517 

  41,641

355 

1,309 

2,709 

2,404 

1,742

Income from operations before income taxes 

  94,467 

  65,819 

  53,868 

  44,113 

  39,899

Income tax provision 

Net income 

  35,527 

  26,718 

  20,874 

  16,556 

  14,845

$  58,940 

$  39,101 

$  32,994 

$  27,557 

$  25,054

Net income per diluted share 

$ 

1.66 

$ 

1.13 

$ 

1.00 

$ 

0.83 

$ 

0.71

OVERVIEW

General

When used in this Annual Report, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “foresees,” “forecasts,” “estimates,” 

“plans,” “intends,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” “might,” “could” or other similar words or  

phrases are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Similarly, statements that describe our business strategy, 

outlook, objectives, plans, intentions or goals also are forward-looking statements.

Weighted average diluted shares 

  35,401 

  34,590 

  32,916 

  33,154 

  35,528

We provide integrated information management solutions and services for the public sector, with a focus on local 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking 

statements are made in reliance upon safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. 

The forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to  

differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue 

reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s opinion only as of the date hereof.  

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA:

Cash flows provided by operating activities 

$ 123,437 

$  66,090 

$  58,668 

$  56,435 

$  35,350

Cash flows used by investing activities 

  (11,555) 

  (25,658) 

  (34,736) 

  (28,809) 

(8,694)

Cash flows provided (used) by financing activities 

  15,409 

  32,038 

  (18,852) 

  (28,414) 

  (34,238)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Total assets 

Revolving line of credit 

Shareholders’ equity 

$ 573,982 

$ 444,488 

$ 338,666 

$ 295,391 

$ 264,032

— 

— 

  18,000 

  60,700 

  26,500

  336,973 

  246,319 

  145,299 

  78,110 

  106,972

governments. We develop and market a broad line of software products and services to address the information 

technology (“IT”) needs of cities, counties, schools and other local government entities. In addition, we provide 

professional IT services to our clients, including software and hardware installation, data conversion, training  

and for certain clients, product modifications, along with continuing maintenance and support for clients using our 

systems. We also provide subscription-based services such as software as a service (“SaaS”), which utilizes the  

Tyler private cloud, and electronic document filing solutions (“e-filing”), which simplify the filing and management of 

court related documents. Revenues for e-filing are derived from transaction fees and in some cases fixed fee 

arrangements. We also provide property appraisal outsourcing services for taxing jurisdictions.

Our products generally automate five major functional areas: (1) financial management and education, (2) courts and 

justice, (3) property appraisal and tax, (4) planning, regulatory and maintenance, and (5) land and vital records 

management. We report our results in two segments. The Enterprise Software Solutions (“ESS”) segment provides 

municipal and county governments and schools with software systems and services to meet their information 

technology and automation needs for mission-critical “back-office” functions such as financial management; courts and 

justice processes; planning regulatory and maintenance; and land and vital records management. The Appraisal  

and Tax Software Solutions and Services (“ATSS”) segment provides systems and software that automate the appraisal 

and assessment of real and personal property as well as property appraisal outsourcing services for local governments 

and taxing authorities. Property appraisal outsourcing services include: the physical inspection of commercial and 

residential properties; data collection and processing; computer analysis for property valuation; preparation of tax rolls; 

community education; and arbitration between taxpayers and the assessing jurisdiction.

Total organic revenues increased 18% in 2014 compared to 2013. On August 29, 2014, we acquired all of the capital 

stock of SoftCode, Inc. (“SoftCode”), which develops and sells civil solution software typically to county sheriff 

departments. The purchase price, net of cash acquired of $71,000, was $3.5 million in cash, of which $325,000 was 

accrued at December 31, 2014, and 16,540 shares of Tyler common stock valued at $1.5 million.

20

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selected Financial Data

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

Revenues   

Cost and expenses:

  Cost of revenues 

  Amortization of customer and trade name

intangibles 

Operating income 

Other expenses, net 

Income tax provision 

Net income 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010

For the Years Ended December 31,

$ 493,101 

$ 416,643 

$ 363,304 

$ 309,391 

$ 288,628

Income from operations before income taxes 

  94,467 

  65,819 

  53,868 

  44,113 

  39,899

4,546 

4,517 

4,279 

3,331 

3,225

  94,822 

  67,128 

  56,577 

  46,517 

  41,641

355 

1,309 

2,709 

2,404 

1,742

  35,527 

  26,718 

  20,874 

  16,556 

  14,845

$  58,940 

$  39,101 

$  32,994 

$  27,557 

$  25,054

Net income per diluted share 

$ 

1.66 

$ 

1.13 

$ 

1.00 

$ 

0.83 

$ 

0.71

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA:

Cash flows provided by operating activities 

$ 123,437 

$  66,090 

$  58,668 

$  56,435 

$  35,350

Cash flows used by investing activities 

  (11,555) 

  (25,658) 

  (34,736) 

  (28,809) 

(8,694)

Cash flows provided (used) by financing activities 

  15,409 

  32,038 

  (18,852) 

  (28,414) 

  (34,238)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Total assets 

Revolving line of credit 

Shareholders’ equity 

$ 573,982 

$ 444,488 

$ 338,666 

$ 295,391 

$ 264,032

— 

— 

  18,000 

  60,700 

  26,500

  336,973 

  246,319 

  145,299 

  78,110 

  106,972

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking 

statements are made in reliance upon safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. 

The forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to  

differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue 

reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s opinion only as of the date hereof.  

  Selling, general and administrative expenses 

  108,260 

  98,289 

  86,706 

  75,650 

  69,480

Readers should carefully review the risk factors described in documents we file from time to time with the Securities  

  259,730 

  223,440 

  195,602 

  167,479 

  160,311

We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements. 

  Research and development expense 

  25,743 

  23,269 

  20,140 

  16,414 

  13,971

and Exchange Commission.

Weighted average diluted shares 

  35,401 

  34,590 

  32,916 

  33,154 

  35,528

We provide integrated information management solutions and services for the public sector, with a focus on local 

When used in this Annual Report, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “foresees,” “forecasts,” “estimates,” 

“plans,” “intends,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” “might,” “could” or other similar words or  

phrases are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Similarly, statements that describe our business strategy, 

outlook, objectives, plans, intentions or goals also are forward-looking statements.

OVERVIEW

General

governments. We develop and market a broad line of software products and services to address the information 

technology (“IT”) needs of cities, counties, schools and other local government entities. In addition, we provide 

professional IT services to our clients, including software and hardware installation, data conversion, training  

and for certain clients, product modifications, along with continuing maintenance and support for clients using our 

systems. We also provide subscription-based services such as software as a service (“SaaS”), which utilizes the  

Tyler private cloud, and electronic document filing solutions (“e-filing”), which simplify the filing and management of 

court related documents. Revenues for e-filing are derived from transaction fees and in some cases fixed fee 

arrangements. We also provide property appraisal outsourcing services for taxing jurisdictions.

Our products generally automate five major functional areas: (1) financial management and education, (2) courts and 

justice, (3) property appraisal and tax, (4) planning, regulatory and maintenance, and (5) land and vital records 

management. We report our results in two segments. The Enterprise Software Solutions (“ESS”) segment provides 

municipal and county governments and schools with software systems and services to meet their information 

technology and automation needs for mission-critical “back-office” functions such as financial management; courts and 

justice processes; planning regulatory and maintenance; and land and vital records management. The Appraisal  

and Tax Software Solutions and Services (“ATSS”) segment provides systems and software that automate the appraisal 

and assessment of real and personal property as well as property appraisal outsourcing services for local governments 

and taxing authorities. Property appraisal outsourcing services include: the physical inspection of commercial and 

residential properties; data collection and processing; computer analysis for property valuation; preparation of tax rolls; 

community education; and arbitration between taxpayers and the assessing jurisdiction.

Total organic revenues increased 18% in 2014 compared to 2013. On August 29, 2014, we acquired all of the capital 

stock of SoftCode, Inc. (“SoftCode”), which develops and sells civil solution software typically to county sheriff 

departments. The purchase price, net of cash acquired of $71,000, was $3.5 million in cash, of which $325,000 was 

accrued at December 31, 2014, and 16,540 shares of Tyler common stock valued at $1.5 million.

20

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We monitor and analyze several key performance indicators in order to manage our business and evaluate our financial 

Outlook

and operating performance. These indicators include the following:

–  Revenues – We derive our revenues from five primary sources: sale of software licenses and royalties; subscription-

based arrangements; software services; maintenance and appraisal services. Subscriptions and maintenance are 

considered recurring revenue sources and comprised approximately 61% of our revenue in 2014. The number of new 

SaaS clients and the number of existing clients who convert from our traditional software arrangements to our SaaS 

model are a significant driver to our business, together with new software license sales and maintenance rate 

We believe activity in the local government market is good and has returned to normal, pre-recession levels. Although  

we expect to see some pressure on margin expansion in 2015 as we absorb onboarding costs associated with staffing 

additions in recent quarters, make some strategic incremental product investments, and continue to grow our SaaS and 

e-filing client bases, our expectation is that 2015 will be another year of very solid revenue and earnings growth.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

increases. In addition, we also monitor our customer base and churn as we historically have experienced very low 

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements, 

customer turnover. During 2014, our customer turnover was approximately 2%.

which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). 

–  Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins – Our primary cost component is personnel expenses in connection with 

providing software implementation, subscription-based services, maintenance and support, and appraisal services  

to our clients. We can improve gross margins by controlling headcount and related costs and by expanding  

our revenue base, especially from those products and services that produce incremental revenue with minimal 

incremental cost, such as software licenses and royalties, subscription-based services, and maintenance and  

support. Our appraisal projects are cyclical in nature, and we often employ appraisal personnel on a short-term 

basis to coincide with the life of a project. As of December 31, 2014, our total employee count increased to  

2,856 from 2,573 at December 31, 2013.

–  Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses – The primary components of SG&A expenses are 

administrative and sales personnel salaries and commissions, share-based compensation expense, marketing 

expense, rent and professional fees. Sales commissions typically fluctuate with revenues and share-based 

compensation expense generally increases when the market price of our stock increases. Other administrative 

expenses tend to grow at a slower rate than revenues.

–  Liquidity and Cash Flows – The primary driver of our cash flows is net income. Uses of cash include acquisitions, 

capital investments in property and equipment and discretionary purchases of treasury stock. Our working  

capital needs are fairly stable throughout the year with the significant components of cash outflows being payment  

of personnel expenses offset by cash inflows representing collection of accounts receivable and cash receipts  

from clients in advance of revenue being earned.

–  Balance Sheet – Cash, accounts receivable and days sales outstanding and deferred revenue balances are important 

indicators of our business.

New Accounting Pronouncements

On May 28, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 

No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” This ASU is the result of a convergence project between  

the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board. The core principle behind ASU 2014-09 is that an entity 

should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers in an amount that 

reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for delivering those goods and services. 

This model involves a five-step process that includes identifying the contract with the customer, identifying the 

performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction prices to the 

performance obligations in the contract and recognizing revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies the performance 

obligations. The guidance in the ASU supersedes existing revenue recognition guidance and is effective for annual 

reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 with early application not permitted. The ASU allows two  

methods of adoption; a full retrospective approach where three years of financial information are presented in accordance 

with the new standard, and a modified retrospective approach where the ASU is applied to the most current period 

The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported 

amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, the reported amounts of revenues, cost of 

revenues and expenses during the reporting period, and related disclosure of contingencies. The Notes to the 

Financial Statements included as part of this Annual Report describe our significant accounting policies used in the 

preparation of the financial statements. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the 

application of the percentage-of-completion and proportional performance methods of revenue recognition, the carrying 

amount and estimated useful lives of intangible assets, determination of share-based compensation expense and 

valuation allowance for receivables. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions 

that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments 

about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may 

differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies require significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation 

of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenues in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification 

(“ASC”) 605, Revenue Recognition and ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition. Our revenues are derived from 

sales of software licenses and royalties, subscription-based services, appraisal services, maintenance and support, and 

services that typically range from installation, training and basic consulting to software modification and customization 

to meet specific customer needs. For multiple element software arrangements, which do not entail the performance  

of services that are considered essential to the functionality of the software, we generally record revenue when the 

delivered products or performed services result in a legally enforceable and non-refundable claim. We maintain 

allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments, which are provided at the time the revenue is recognized. 

Because most of our customers are governmental entities, we rarely incur a loss resulting from the inability of a 

customer to make required payments. In a limited number of cases, we encounter a customer who is dissatisfied with 

some aspect of the software product or our service, and we may offer a “concession” to such customer. In those 

limited situations where we grant a concession, we rarely reduce the contract arrangement fee, but alternatively may 

perform additional services, such as additional training or creating additional custom reports. These amounts have 

historically been nominal. In connection with our customer contracts and the adequacy of related allowances and 

measures of progress towards contract completion, our project managers are charged with the responsibility to 

continually review the status of each customer on a specific contract basis. Also, we review, on at least a quarterly 

basis, significant past due accounts receivable and the adequacy of related reserves. Events or changes in 

circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount for the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments 

may require revision, include, but are not limited to, deterioration of a customer’s financial condition, failure to 

manage our customer’s expectations regarding the scope of the services to be delivered, and defects or errors in new 

versions or enhancements of our software products.

presented in the financial statements. We are currently assessing the financial impact of adopting the new standard 

We use contract accounting, primarily the percentage-of-completion method, as discussed in ASC 605-35, Construction —  

and the methods of adoption; however, given the scope of the new standard, we are currently unable to provide  

Type and Certain Production — Type Contracts, for those software arrangements that involve significant production, 

a reasonable estimate regarding the financial impact or which method of adoption of the new standard we will elect.

modification or customization of the software, or where our software services are otherwise considered essential to the 

functionality of the software. We measure progress-to-completion primarily using labor hours incurred, or value added.  

In addition, we recognize revenue using the proportional performance method of revenue recognition for our property 

22

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

23

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We monitor and analyze several key performance indicators in order to manage our business and evaluate our financial 

Outlook

and operating performance. These indicators include the following:

–  Revenues – We derive our revenues from five primary sources: sale of software licenses and royalties; subscription-

based arrangements; software services; maintenance and appraisal services. Subscriptions and maintenance are 

considered recurring revenue sources and comprised approximately 61% of our revenue in 2014. The number of new 

SaaS clients and the number of existing clients who convert from our traditional software arrangements to our SaaS 

model are a significant driver to our business, together with new software license sales and maintenance rate 

We believe activity in the local government market is good and has returned to normal, pre-recession levels. Although  

we expect to see some pressure on margin expansion in 2015 as we absorb onboarding costs associated with staffing 

additions in recent quarters, make some strategic incremental product investments, and continue to grow our SaaS and 

e-filing client bases, our expectation is that 2015 will be another year of very solid revenue and earnings growth.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

increases. In addition, we also monitor our customer base and churn as we historically have experienced very low 

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements, 

customer turnover. During 2014, our customer turnover was approximately 2%.

which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). 

–  Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins – Our primary cost component is personnel expenses in connection with 

providing software implementation, subscription-based services, maintenance and support, and appraisal services  

to our clients. We can improve gross margins by controlling headcount and related costs and by expanding  

our revenue base, especially from those products and services that produce incremental revenue with minimal 

incremental cost, such as software licenses and royalties, subscription-based services, and maintenance and  

support. Our appraisal projects are cyclical in nature, and we often employ appraisal personnel on a short-term 

basis to coincide with the life of a project. As of December 31, 2014, our total employee count increased to  

2,856 from 2,573 at December 31, 2013.

–  Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses – The primary components of SG&A expenses are 

administrative and sales personnel salaries and commissions, share-based compensation expense, marketing 

expense, rent and professional fees. Sales commissions typically fluctuate with revenues and share-based 

compensation expense generally increases when the market price of our stock increases. Other administrative 

expenses tend to grow at a slower rate than revenues.

–  Liquidity and Cash Flows – The primary driver of our cash flows is net income. Uses of cash include acquisitions, 

capital investments in property and equipment and discretionary purchases of treasury stock. Our working  

capital needs are fairly stable throughout the year with the significant components of cash outflows being payment  

of personnel expenses offset by cash inflows representing collection of accounts receivable and cash receipts  

from clients in advance of revenue being earned.

–  Balance Sheet – Cash, accounts receivable and days sales outstanding and deferred revenue balances are important 

indicators of our business.

New Accounting Pronouncements

On May 28, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 

No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” This ASU is the result of a convergence project between  

the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board. The core principle behind ASU 2014-09 is that an entity 

should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers in an amount that 

reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for delivering those goods and services. 

This model involves a five-step process that includes identifying the contract with the customer, identifying the 

performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction prices to the 

performance obligations in the contract and recognizing revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies the performance 

obligations. The guidance in the ASU supersedes existing revenue recognition guidance and is effective for annual 

reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 with early application not permitted. The ASU allows two  

methods of adoption; a full retrospective approach where three years of financial information are presented in accordance 

with the new standard, and a modified retrospective approach where the ASU is applied to the most current period 

The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported 

amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, the reported amounts of revenues, cost of 

revenues and expenses during the reporting period, and related disclosure of contingencies. The Notes to the 

Financial Statements included as part of this Annual Report describe our significant accounting policies used in the 

preparation of the financial statements. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the 

application of the percentage-of-completion and proportional performance methods of revenue recognition, the carrying 

amount and estimated useful lives of intangible assets, determination of share-based compensation expense and 

valuation allowance for receivables. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions 

that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments 

about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may 

differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies require significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation 

of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenues in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification 

(“ASC”) 605, Revenue Recognition and ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition. Our revenues are derived from 

sales of software licenses and royalties, subscription-based services, appraisal services, maintenance and support, and 

services that typically range from installation, training and basic consulting to software modification and customization 

to meet specific customer needs. For multiple element software arrangements, which do not entail the performance  

of services that are considered essential to the functionality of the software, we generally record revenue when the 

delivered products or performed services result in a legally enforceable and non-refundable claim. We maintain 

allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments, which are provided at the time the revenue is recognized. 

Because most of our customers are governmental entities, we rarely incur a loss resulting from the inability of a 

customer to make required payments. In a limited number of cases, we encounter a customer who is dissatisfied with 

some aspect of the software product or our service, and we may offer a “concession” to such customer. In those 

limited situations where we grant a concession, we rarely reduce the contract arrangement fee, but alternatively may 

perform additional services, such as additional training or creating additional custom reports. These amounts have 

historically been nominal. In connection with our customer contracts and the adequacy of related allowances and 

measures of progress towards contract completion, our project managers are charged with the responsibility to 

continually review the status of each customer on a specific contract basis. Also, we review, on at least a quarterly 

basis, significant past due accounts receivable and the adequacy of related reserves. Events or changes in 

circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount for the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments 

may require revision, include, but are not limited to, deterioration of a customer’s financial condition, failure to 

manage our customer’s expectations regarding the scope of the services to be delivered, and defects or errors in new 

versions or enhancements of our software products.

presented in the financial statements. We are currently assessing the financial impact of adopting the new standard 

We use contract accounting, primarily the percentage-of-completion method, as discussed in ASC 605-35, Construction —  

and the methods of adoption; however, given the scope of the new standard, we are currently unable to provide  

Type and Certain Production — Type Contracts, for those software arrangements that involve significant production, 

a reasonable estimate regarding the financial impact or which method of adoption of the new standard we will elect.

modification or customization of the software, or where our software services are otherwise considered essential to the 

functionality of the software. We measure progress-to-completion primarily using labor hours incurred, or value added.  

In addition, we recognize revenue using the proportional performance method of revenue recognition for our property 

22

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

23

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

appraisal projects, some of which can range up to five years. These methods rely on estimates of total expected 

When testing goodwill for impairment quantitatively, we first compare the fair value of each reporting unit with its 

contract revenue, billings and collections and expected contract costs, as well as measures of progress toward completion. 

carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure 

We believe reasonably dependable estimates of revenue and costs and progress applicable to various stages of a 

the amount of potential impairment. In the second step, we compare the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill  

contract can be made. At times, we perform additional and/or non-contractual services for little to no incremental fee 

with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the 

to satisfy customer expectations. If changes occur in delivery, productivity or other factors used in developing our 

implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized. The fair values calculated in our impairment  

estimates of expected costs or revenues, we revise our cost and revenue estimates, and any revisions are charged to 

tests are determined using discounted cash flow models involving several assumptions. The assumptions that are used 

income in the period in which the facts that give rise to that revision first become known. In connection with these and 

are based upon what we believe a hypothetical marketplace participant would use in estimating fair value. We base  

certain other contracts, we may perform the work prior to when the services are billable and/or payable pursuant to  

our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. 

the contract. The termination clauses in most of our contracts provide for the payment for the value of products delivered 

We evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value calculations of our reporting units by comparing the total of the fair 

and services performed in the event of an early termination.

value of all of our reporting units to our total market capitalization.

For SaaS arrangements, we evaluate whether the customer has the contractual right to take possession of our software 

Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed quantitatively during the second quarter of 2014, did  

at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty and whether the customer can feasibly maintain the 

not result in an impairment charge. During 2014, we did not identify any triggering events that would require an update 

software on the customer’s hardware or enter into another arrangement with a third-party to host the software. If we 

to our annual impairment review.

determine that the customer has the contractual right to take possession of our software at any time during the hosting 

period without significant penalty and can feasibly maintain the software on the customer’s hardware or enter into 

another arrangement with a third-party to host the software, we recognize the license, professional services and hosting 

services revenues pursuant to ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition. For SaaS arrangements that do not meet 

the criteria for recognition under ASC 985-605, we account for the elements under ASC 605-25, Multiple Element 

Arrangements using all applicable facts and circumstances, including whether (i) the element has stand-alone value, 

(ii) there is a general right of return and (iii) the revenue is contingent on delivery of other elements. We allocate the 

contract value to each element of the arrangement that qualifies for treatment as a separate element based on vendor-

specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), and if VSOE is not available, third-party evidence, and if third-party 

evidence is unavailable, estimated selling price. For professional services associated with SaaS arrangements that we 

determine do not have stand-alone value to the customer or are contingent on delivery of other elements, we 

recognize the services revenue ratably over the remaining contractual period once hosting has gone live and we may 

begin billing for the hosting services. We record amounts that have been invoiced in accounts receivable and in 

deferred revenue or revenues, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

In connection with certain of our contracts, we have recorded retentions receivable or unbilled receivables consisting of 

costs and estimated profit in excess of billings as of the balance sheet date. Many of the contracts which give rise  

to unbilled receivables at a given balance sheet date are subject to billings in the subsequent accounting period. We 

review unbilled receivables and related contract provisions to ensure we are justified in recognizing revenue prior  

to billing the customer and that we have objective evidence which allows us to recognize such revenue. In addition, we 

have a sizable amount of deferred revenue, which represents billings in excess of revenue earned. The majority of this 

liability consists of maintenance billings for which payments are made in advance and the revenue is ratably earned over 

the maintenance period, generally one year. We also have deferred revenue for those contracts in which we receive a 

deposit and the conditions in which to record revenue for the service or product has not been met. On a periodic basis, 

we review by customer the detail components of our deferred revenue to ensure our accounting remains appropriate.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill. Our business acquisitions typically result in the creation of goodwill and other 

intangible asset balances, and these balances affect the amount and timing of future period amortization expense,  

as well as expense we could possibly incur as a result of an impairment charge. The cost of acquired companies  

is allocated to identifiable tangible and intangible assets based on estimated fair value, with the excess allocated to 

goodwill. Accordingly, we have a significant balance of acquisition date intangible assets, including software,  

customer related intangibles, trade name and goodwill. These intangible assets (other than goodwill) are amortized 

over their estimated useful lives. We currently have no intangible assets with indefinite lives other than goodwill.

All intangible assets (other than goodwill) are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 

indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of other intangible assets is measured 

by comparison of the carrying amount to estimated undiscounted future cash flows. The assessment of recoverability  

or of the estimated useful life for amortization purposes will be affected if the timing or the amount of estimated future 

operating cash flows is not achieved. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in expected future 

cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal 

factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and reductions in growth rates. In addition, products, 

capabilities, or technologies developed by others may render our software products obsolete or non-competitive. Any adverse 

change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill or other intangible assets.

Share-Based Compensation. We have a stock option plan that provides for the grant of stock options to key employees, 

directors and non-employee consultants. We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using the 

Black-Scholes option valuation model. Share-based compensation expense includes the estimated effects of forfeitures, 

which will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ 

from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized in the period of change and will also impact the 

amount of expense to be recognized in future periods. Forfeiture rate assumptions are derived from historical data. We 

estimate stock price volatility at the date of grant based on the historical volatility of our common stock. Estimated option 

life is determined using the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding based primarily  

on the options’ vesting terms, remaining contractual life and the employees’ expected exercise based on historical patterns. 

Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date 

requires considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected option life and forfeiture rates.

24

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

25

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

appraisal projects, some of which can range up to five years. These methods rely on estimates of total expected 

When testing goodwill for impairment quantitatively, we first compare the fair value of each reporting unit with its 

contract revenue, billings and collections and expected contract costs, as well as measures of progress toward completion. 

carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure 

We believe reasonably dependable estimates of revenue and costs and progress applicable to various stages of a 

the amount of potential impairment. In the second step, we compare the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill  

contract can be made. At times, we perform additional and/or non-contractual services for little to no incremental fee 

with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the 

to satisfy customer expectations. If changes occur in delivery, productivity or other factors used in developing our 

implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized. The fair values calculated in our impairment  

estimates of expected costs or revenues, we revise our cost and revenue estimates, and any revisions are charged to 

tests are determined using discounted cash flow models involving several assumptions. The assumptions that are used 

income in the period in which the facts that give rise to that revision first become known. In connection with these and 

are based upon what we believe a hypothetical marketplace participant would use in estimating fair value. We base  

certain other contracts, we may perform the work prior to when the services are billable and/or payable pursuant to  

our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. 

the contract. The termination clauses in most of our contracts provide for the payment for the value of products delivered 

We evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value calculations of our reporting units by comparing the total of the fair 

and services performed in the event of an early termination.

value of all of our reporting units to our total market capitalization.

For SaaS arrangements, we evaluate whether the customer has the contractual right to take possession of our software 

Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed quantitatively during the second quarter of 2014, did  

at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty and whether the customer can feasibly maintain the 

not result in an impairment charge. During 2014, we did not identify any triggering events that would require an update 

software on the customer’s hardware or enter into another arrangement with a third-party to host the software. If we 

to our annual impairment review.

determine that the customer has the contractual right to take possession of our software at any time during the hosting 

period without significant penalty and can feasibly maintain the software on the customer’s hardware or enter into 

another arrangement with a third-party to host the software, we recognize the license, professional services and hosting 

services revenues pursuant to ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition. For SaaS arrangements that do not meet 

the criteria for recognition under ASC 985-605, we account for the elements under ASC 605-25, Multiple Element 

Arrangements using all applicable facts and circumstances, including whether (i) the element has stand-alone value, 

(ii) there is a general right of return and (iii) the revenue is contingent on delivery of other elements. We allocate the 

contract value to each element of the arrangement that qualifies for treatment as a separate element based on vendor-

specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), and if VSOE is not available, third-party evidence, and if third-party 

evidence is unavailable, estimated selling price. For professional services associated with SaaS arrangements that we 

determine do not have stand-alone value to the customer or are contingent on delivery of other elements, we 

recognize the services revenue ratably over the remaining contractual period once hosting has gone live and we may 

begin billing for the hosting services. We record amounts that have been invoiced in accounts receivable and in 

deferred revenue or revenues, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

In connection with certain of our contracts, we have recorded retentions receivable or unbilled receivables consisting of 

costs and estimated profit in excess of billings as of the balance sheet date. Many of the contracts which give rise  

to unbilled receivables at a given balance sheet date are subject to billings in the subsequent accounting period. We 

review unbilled receivables and related contract provisions to ensure we are justified in recognizing revenue prior  

to billing the customer and that we have objective evidence which allows us to recognize such revenue. In addition, we 

have a sizable amount of deferred revenue, which represents billings in excess of revenue earned. The majority of this 

liability consists of maintenance billings for which payments are made in advance and the revenue is ratably earned over 

the maintenance period, generally one year. We also have deferred revenue for those contracts in which we receive a 

deposit and the conditions in which to record revenue for the service or product has not been met. On a periodic basis, 

we review by customer the detail components of our deferred revenue to ensure our accounting remains appropriate.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill. Our business acquisitions typically result in the creation of goodwill and other 

intangible asset balances, and these balances affect the amount and timing of future period amortization expense,  

as well as expense we could possibly incur as a result of an impairment charge. The cost of acquired companies  

is allocated to identifiable tangible and intangible assets based on estimated fair value, with the excess allocated to 

goodwill. Accordingly, we have a significant balance of acquisition date intangible assets, including software,  

customer related intangibles, trade name and goodwill. These intangible assets (other than goodwill) are amortized 

over their estimated useful lives. We currently have no intangible assets with indefinite lives other than goodwill.

All intangible assets (other than goodwill) are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 

indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of other intangible assets is measured 

by comparison of the carrying amount to estimated undiscounted future cash flows. The assessment of recoverability  

or of the estimated useful life for amortization purposes will be affected if the timing or the amount of estimated future 

operating cash flows is not achieved. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in expected future 

cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal 

factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and reductions in growth rates. In addition, products, 

capabilities, or technologies developed by others may render our software products obsolete or non-competitive. Any adverse 

change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill or other intangible assets.

Share-Based Compensation. We have a stock option plan that provides for the grant of stock options to key employees, 

directors and non-employee consultants. We estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using the 

Black-Scholes option valuation model. Share-based compensation expense includes the estimated effects of forfeitures, 

which will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ 

from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized in the period of change and will also impact the 

amount of expense to be recognized in future periods. Forfeiture rate assumptions are derived from historical data. We 

estimate stock price volatility at the date of grant based on the historical volatility of our common stock. Estimated option 

life is determined using the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding based primarily  

on the options’ vesting terms, remaining contractual life and the employees’ expected exercise based on historical patterns. 

Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date 

requires considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected option life and forfeiture rates.

24

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

25

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND OTHER

The following discussion compares the historical results of operations on a basis consistent with GAAP for the years 

ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

approximately 26% selecting subscription-based arrangements compared to a client mix in 2013 of approximately 68% 

selecting perpetual software license arrangements and approximately 32% selecting subscription-based arrangements. 

138 new clients entered into subscription-based software arrangements in 2014 compared to 100 new clients in 2013. 

Years ended December 31, 

Revenues:

 Software licenses and royalties 

 Subscriptions 

 Software services 

 Maintenance 

 Appraisal services 

 Hardware and other 

 Total revenues 

Operating Expenses:

 Cost of software licenses, royalties and acquired software 

 Cost of software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

 Cost of appraisal services 

 Cost of hardware and other 

 Selling, general and administrative expenses 

 Research and development expense 

 Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles  

 Operating income 

Other expense, net 

 Income before income taxes 

Income tax provision 

 Net income 

2014 Compared to 2013

Revenues
Software licenses and royalties.

Percentage of Total Revenues

2014 

2013 

2012

10.0% 

9.8% 

9.3%

17.8 

23.1 

43.1 

4.4 

1.6 

14.8 

22.4 

46.0 

5.0 

2.0 

12.3

23.0

47.3

6.2

1.9

100.0 

100.0 

100.0

0.8 

47.9 

2.9 

1.1 

22.0 

5.2 

0.9 

19.2 

0.1 

19.1 

7.2 

1.1 

47.9 

3.3 

1.3 

23.6 

5.6 

1.1 

16.1 

0.3 

15.8 

6.4 

1.1

47.2

4.1

1.4

23.9

5.5

1.2

15.6

0.8

14.8

5.7

11.9% 

9.4% 

9.1%

Software services. 

The following table sets forth a comparison of our software licenses and royalties revenue for the years ended 

December 31:  

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total software licenses and royalties revenue 

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 46,047 

  3,018 

$ 49,065 

$ 38,774 

  2,067 

$ 40,841 

$ 7,273 

  951 

$ 8,224 

  19%

  46

  20%

Software license and royalties revenue growth was mainly due to a more active marketplace as the result of improvement 

in local government economic conditions, as well as our increasingly strong competitive position, which we attribute in 

part to our increased investments in product development over the past few years. An increase in the number of larger 

contracts, in particular in the courts and justice market, also contributed to the growth in license revenue. 

The mix of new contracts between subscription-based and perpetual license arrangements can vary from quarter  

to quarter, which can negatively impact our software license growth rate if a growing number of clients choose our 

subscription-based options, rather than purchasing the software under a traditional perpetual software license 

arrangements. Subscription-based arrangements result in lower revenues in the initial year as compared to perpetual 

software license arrangements, but generate higher overall subscription-based revenue over the term of the contract.  

 Total maintenance revenue 

Our new client mix in 2014 was approximately 74% selecting perpetual software license arrangements and 

Subscriptions.

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total subscriptions revenue 

The following table sets forth a comparison of our subscriptions revenue for the years ended December 31: 

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 84,322 

  3,526 

$ 87,848 

$ 59,070 

  2,794 

$ 61,864 

$ 25,252 

732 

$ 25,984 

  43%

  26

  42%

Subscription-based services revenue primarily consists of revenue derived from our SaaS arrangements, which utilize  

the Tyler private cloud. As part of our subscription-based services, we also provide electronic document filing solutions 

(“e-filing”) that simplify the filing and management of court related documents for courts and law offices. E-filing 

revenue is derived from transaction fees and fixed fee arrangements. 

Subscription-based services revenue increased 42% compared to 2013. E-filing services contributed approximately 

$13.3 million of the subscriptions revenue increase in 2014. Most of the e-filing revenue increase related to higher 

revenue from a contract with the Texas Office of Court Administration for our Odyssey File and Serve e-filing system for 

Texas courts (“eFileTexas.gov”) for civil court filings. The state of Texas has mandated all counties use eFileTexas.gov 

and this contract, which took effect in September 2013, provided a recurring revenue stream that totaled $17.0 million 

in 2014 and is expected to total approximately $19.0 million in 2015. New SaaS clients as well as existing clients  

who converted to our SaaS model provided the remainder of the subscriptions revenue increase. In 2014, we added 

138 new SaaS clients and 59 existing clients elected to convert to our SaaS model. 

The following table sets forth a comparison of our software services revenue for the years ended December 31: 

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total software services revenue 

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 104,146 

9,675 

$ 113,821 

$ 85,459 

  7,808 

$ 93,267 

$ 18,687 

  1,867 

$ 20,554 

  22%

  24

  22%

Software services revenue primarily consists of professional services billed in connection with installing our software, 

converting client data, training client personnel, consulting and custom software development.  New clients who purchase 

our proprietary software licenses generally also contract with us to provide for the related software services.  Existing 

clients also periodically purchase additional training, consulting and minor programming services.  Software services grew 

22% in 2014 mainly due to much higher revenue from new proprietary software arrangements, slightly higher rates  

on certain services and additions to our professional services staff which increased our capacity to deliver backlog. 

The following table sets forth a comparison of our maintenance revenue for the years ended December 31:

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 195,881 

$ 175,180 

$ 20,701 

  16,815 

  16,540 

275 

$ 212,696 

$ 191,720 

$ 20,976 

  12%

  2

  11%

Maintenance.

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

26

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND OTHER

The following discussion compares the historical results of operations on a basis consistent with GAAP for the years 

ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Years ended December 31, 

Revenues:

 Software licenses and royalties 

 Subscriptions 

 Software services 

 Maintenance 

 Appraisal services 

 Hardware and other 

 Total revenues 

Operating Expenses:

 Cost of software licenses, royalties and acquired software 

 Cost of software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

 Cost of appraisal services 

 Cost of hardware and other 

 Selling, general and administrative expenses 

 Research and development expense 

 Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles  

 Operating income 

Other expense, net 

 Income before income taxes 

Income tax provision 

 Net income 

2014 Compared to 2013

Revenues

Software licenses and royalties.

December 31:  

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total software licenses and royalties revenue 

The following table sets forth a comparison of our software licenses and royalties revenue for the years ended 

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 46,047 

  3,018 

$ 49,065 

$ 38,774 

  2,067 

$ 40,841 

$ 7,273 

  951 

$ 8,224 

  19%

  46

  20%

Software license and royalties revenue growth was mainly due to a more active marketplace as the result of improvement 

in local government economic conditions, as well as our increasingly strong competitive position, which we attribute in 

part to our increased investments in product development over the past few years. An increase in the number of larger 

contracts, in particular in the courts and justice market, also contributed to the growth in license revenue. 

The mix of new contracts between subscription-based and perpetual license arrangements can vary from quarter  

to quarter, which can negatively impact our software license growth rate if a growing number of clients choose our 

subscription-based options, rather than purchasing the software under a traditional perpetual software license 

arrangements. Subscription-based arrangements result in lower revenues in the initial year as compared to perpetual 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Percentage of Total Revenues

2014 

2013 

2012

10.0% 

9.8% 

9.3%

100.0 

100.0 

100.0

17.8 

23.1 

43.1 

4.4 

1.6 

0.8 

47.9 

2.9 

1.1 

22.0 

5.2 

0.9 

19.2 

0.1 

19.1 

7.2 

14.8 

22.4 

46.0 

5.0 

2.0 

1.1 

47.9 

3.3 

1.3 

23.6 

5.6 

1.1 

16.1 

0.3 

15.8 

6.4 

12.3

23.0

47.3

6.2

1.9

1.1

47.2

4.1

1.4

23.9

5.5

1.2

15.6

0.8

14.8

5.7

approximately 26% selecting subscription-based arrangements compared to a client mix in 2013 of approximately 68% 

selecting perpetual software license arrangements and approximately 32% selecting subscription-based arrangements. 

138 new clients entered into subscription-based software arrangements in 2014 compared to 100 new clients in 2013. 

Subscriptions.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our subscriptions revenue for the years ended December 31: 

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total subscriptions revenue 

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 84,322 

  3,526 

$ 87,848 

$ 59,070 

  2,794 

$ 61,864 

$ 25,252 

732 

$ 25,984 

  43%

  26

  42%

Subscription-based services revenue primarily consists of revenue derived from our SaaS arrangements, which utilize  

the Tyler private cloud. As part of our subscription-based services, we also provide electronic document filing solutions 

(“e-filing”) that simplify the filing and management of court related documents for courts and law offices. E-filing 

revenue is derived from transaction fees and fixed fee arrangements. 

Subscription-based services revenue increased 42% compared to 2013. E-filing services contributed approximately 

$13.3 million of the subscriptions revenue increase in 2014. Most of the e-filing revenue increase related to higher 

revenue from a contract with the Texas Office of Court Administration for our Odyssey File and Serve e-filing system for 

Texas courts (“eFileTexas.gov”) for civil court filings. The state of Texas has mandated all counties use eFileTexas.gov 

and this contract, which took effect in September 2013, provided a recurring revenue stream that totaled $17.0 million 

in 2014 and is expected to total approximately $19.0 million in 2015. New SaaS clients as well as existing clients  

who converted to our SaaS model provided the remainder of the subscriptions revenue increase. In 2014, we added 

138 new SaaS clients and 59 existing clients elected to convert to our SaaS model. 

11.9% 

9.4% 

9.1%

Software services. 

The following table sets forth a comparison of our software services revenue for the years ended December 31: 

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total software services revenue 

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 104,146 

9,675 

$ 113,821 

$ 85,459 

  7,808 

$ 93,267 

$ 18,687 

  1,867 

$ 20,554 

  22%

  24

  22%

Software services revenue primarily consists of professional services billed in connection with installing our software, 

converting client data, training client personnel, consulting and custom software development.  New clients who purchase 

our proprietary software licenses generally also contract with us to provide for the related software services.  Existing 

clients also periodically purchase additional training, consulting and minor programming services.  Software services grew 

22% in 2014 mainly due to much higher revenue from new proprietary software arrangements, slightly higher rates  

on certain services and additions to our professional services staff which increased our capacity to deliver backlog. 

Maintenance.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our maintenance revenue for the years ended December 31:

software license arrangements, but generate higher overall subscription-based revenue over the term of the contract.  

 Total maintenance revenue 

Our new client mix in 2014 was approximately 74% selecting perpetual software license arrangements and 

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 195,881 

$ 175,180 

$ 20,701 

  16,815 

  16,540 

275 

$ 212,696 

$ 191,720 

$ 20,976 

  12%

  2

  11%

26

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We provide maintenance and support services for our software products and certain third-party software. Maintenance  

Office of Court Administration for eFileTexas.gov to manage e-filing of court documents. This contract began in 

and support revenue increased mainly due to growth in our installed customer base from new software license sales as 

September 2013, but we incurred initial startup costs in 2013 for which there were very limited related revenues. 

well as annual maintenance rate increases.

Appraisal services.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our appraisal services revenue for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total appraisal services revenue 

2014 

2013 

$ 

— 

  21,802 

$ 21,802 

$ 

— 

  20,825 

$ 20,825 

Change

$ 

$  — 

  977 

$ 977 

%

  —%

  5

  5%

The appraisal services business is somewhat cyclical and driven in part by statutory revaluation cycles in various states. 

Appraisal services revenue benefitted by the mid-year addition of several new revaluation contracts in New York and the 

current appraisal cycle in Indiana, which began in July. We expect appraisal revenue for 2015 will increase moderately 

compared to 2014.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins

The following table sets forth a comparison of the key components of our cost of revenues for the years ended 

December 31:

($ in thousands) 

Software licenses and royalties 

Acquired software 

Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

Appraisal services 

Hardware and other 

 Total cost of revenues 

Change

following table sets forth a comparison of our SG&A expenses for the following years ended December 31:

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$  1,900 

$  2,377 

$ 

(477) 

  (20)%

1,858 

  236,363 

  14,284 

5,325 

2,078 

  199,617 

  13,809 

5,559 

(220) 

  36,746 

475 

(234) 

  (11)

  18

  3

(4)

$ 259,730 

$ 223,440 

$ 36,290 

  16%

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross margin percentage by revenue type for the years ended 

December 31:

Gross margin percentage 

Software licenses, royalties and acquired software 

Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

Appraisal services 

Hardware and other 

Overall gross margin 

2014 

2013 

Change

92.3% 

  89.1% 

  3.2%

43.0 

34.5 

32.3 

  42.4 

  33.7 

  31.6 

  0.6

  0.8

  0.7

47.3% 

  46.4% 

  0.9%

Software licenses, royalties and acquired software. Costs of software licenses, royalties and acquired software are 

primarily comprised of third-party software costs and amortization expense for acquired software. We do not have any 

direct costs associated with royalties. In 2014, our software licenses, royalties and acquired software gross margin 

percentage increased compared to 2013 mainly due to higher revenues from proprietary software revenues, which have  

a higher gross margin than third-party software.

Software services, maintenance and subscription-based services. Cost of software services, maintenance and 

subsequent amendments granted Microsoft intellectual property rights in the software code provided and developed  

subscription-based services primarily consists of personnel costs related to installing our software, converting client data, 

by Tyler into Microsoft Dynamics AX products to be marketed and sold outside of the public sector in exchange for 

training client personnel and support activities and various other services such as SaaS arrangements and e-filing. 

reimbursement payments to partially offset the research and development costs and royalties on direct and indirect 

Maintenance and various other services such as SaaS costs typically grow at a slower rate than related revenue due to 

public-sector sales worldwide of the solutions co-developed under this arrangement. In addition, Tyler agreed to commit 

leverage in the utilization of our support and maintenance staff and economies of scale. The software services, 

certain resources to the development of the next version of Dynamics AX. Tyler also receives software and maintenance 

maintenance and subscriptions gross margin percentage increased mainly due to revenue from a contract with the Texas 

royalties on direct and indirect public-sector sales worldwide of the solutions co-developed under this arrangement.

28

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

29

The addition of revenue from this contract since the prior year accounted for most of the gross margin increase.  

The gross margin increase was offset somewhat by costs related to accelerated hiring to ensure that we are well-positioned 

to deliver our current backlog and anticipated new business. Our implementation, development and support staff has 

increased by 215 employees since 2013. We expect our rate of hiring new implementation, development and support 

staff in 2015 will be slower than 2014.

Appraisal services. Appraisal services revenue is approximately 4% of total revenue. The appraisal services gross margin 

increased slightly compared to 2013. A high proportion of the costs of appraisal services revenue are variable, as  

we often hire temporary employees to assist in appraisal projects, whose term of employment generally ends with the 

projects’ completion.

Our blended gross margin for 2014 increased 0.9% from 2013. The gross margin increase was mainly due to a revenue 

mix that included more software license revenue and subscription revenue and in particular, increased revenue from 

e-filing in Texas. This improvement in gross margin was offset somewhat by expenses associated with increased hiring of 

implementation, development and support staff in order to expand our capacity to implement our contract backlog.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, travel, share-

based compensation expense, commissions and related overhead costs for administrative and sales and marketing 

employees, as well as, professional fees, trade show activities, advertising costs and other marketing related costs. The 

($ in thousands) 

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

$ 108,260 

$ 98,289 

$ 9,971 

  10%

SG&A as a percentage of revenue was 22.0% in 2014 compared to 23.6% in 2013. Approximately one-third of the 

SG&A expense increase is from higher commission expense due to sales growth. Stock compensation expense contributed 

approximately one-quarter of the increase primarily due to increases in our stock price. The remaining increase 

consisted of higher bonuses related to operating results, annual wage adjustments and increased travel related expenses.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries, employee benefits and related overhead costs 

associated with product development. The following table sets forth a comparison of our research and development 

expense for the years ended December 31:

Change

Change

($ in thousands) 

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

Research and development expense 

$ 25,743 

$ 23,269 

$ 2,474 

  11%

Research and development expense consist mainly of costs associated with development of new products and 

technologies from which we do not currently generate revenue, as well as costs related to the ongoing development efforts 

for Microsoft Dynamics AX. In 2007, we entered into a Software Development and License Agreement, which provided  

for a strategic alliance with Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) to jointly develop core public sector functionality for 

Microsoft Dynamics AX to address the accounting needs of public sector organizations worldwide. This agreement and 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We provide maintenance and support services for our software products and certain third-party software. Maintenance  

Office of Court Administration for eFileTexas.gov to manage e-filing of court documents. This contract began in 

and support revenue increased mainly due to growth in our installed customer base from new software license sales as 

September 2013, but we incurred initial startup costs in 2013 for which there were very limited related revenues. 

well as annual maintenance rate increases.

Appraisal services.

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total appraisal services revenue 

compared to 2014.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins

December 31:

($ in thousands) 

Software licenses and royalties 

Acquired software 

Appraisal services 

Hardware and other 

 Total cost of revenues 

Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

Software licenses, royalties and acquired software 

Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

December 31:

Gross margin percentage 

Appraisal services 

Hardware and other 

Overall gross margin 

The following table sets forth a comparison of our appraisal services revenue for the years ended December 31:

2014 

2013 

$ 

— 

  21,802 

$ 21,802 

$ 

— 

  20,825 

$ 20,825 

Change

$ 

$  — 

  977 

$ 977 

%

  —%

  5

  5%

The appraisal services business is somewhat cyclical and driven in part by statutory revaluation cycles in various states. 

Appraisal services revenue benefitted by the mid-year addition of several new revaluation contracts in New York and the 

current appraisal cycle in Indiana, which began in July. We expect appraisal revenue for 2015 will increase moderately 

The following table sets forth a comparison of the key components of our cost of revenues for the years ended 

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross margin percentage by revenue type for the years ended 

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$  1,900 

$  2,377 

$ 

(477) 

  (20)%

1,858 

  236,363 

  14,284 

5,325 

2,078 

  199,617 

  13,809 

5,559 

(220) 

  36,746 

475 

(234) 

  (11)

  18

  3

(4)

$ 259,730 

$ 223,440 

$ 36,290 

  16%

2014 

2013 

Change

92.3% 

  89.1% 

  3.2%

43.0 

34.5 

32.3 

  42.4 

  33.7 

  31.6 

  0.6

  0.8

  0.7

47.3% 

  46.4% 

  0.9%

Software licenses, royalties and acquired software. Costs of software licenses, royalties and acquired software are 

primarily comprised of third-party software costs and amortization expense for acquired software. We do not have any 

direct costs associated with royalties. In 2014, our software licenses, royalties and acquired software gross margin 

percentage increased compared to 2013 mainly due to higher revenues from proprietary software revenues, which have  

a higher gross margin than third-party software.

The addition of revenue from this contract since the prior year accounted for most of the gross margin increase.  

The gross margin increase was offset somewhat by costs related to accelerated hiring to ensure that we are well-positioned 

to deliver our current backlog and anticipated new business. Our implementation, development and support staff has 

increased by 215 employees since 2013. We expect our rate of hiring new implementation, development and support 

staff in 2015 will be slower than 2014.

Appraisal services. Appraisal services revenue is approximately 4% of total revenue. The appraisal services gross margin 

increased slightly compared to 2013. A high proportion of the costs of appraisal services revenue are variable, as  

we often hire temporary employees to assist in appraisal projects, whose term of employment generally ends with the 

projects’ completion.

Our blended gross margin for 2014 increased 0.9% from 2013. The gross margin increase was mainly due to a revenue 

mix that included more software license revenue and subscription revenue and in particular, increased revenue from 

e-filing in Texas. This improvement in gross margin was offset somewhat by expenses associated with increased hiring of 

implementation, development and support staff in order to expand our capacity to implement our contract backlog.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, travel, share-

based compensation expense, commissions and related overhead costs for administrative and sales and marketing 

employees, as well as, professional fees, trade show activities, advertising costs and other marketing related costs. The 

Change

following table sets forth a comparison of our SG&A expenses for the following years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

$ 108,260 

$ 98,289 

$ 9,971 

  10%

Change

SG&A as a percentage of revenue was 22.0% in 2014 compared to 23.6% in 2013. Approximately one-third of the 

SG&A expense increase is from higher commission expense due to sales growth. Stock compensation expense contributed 

approximately one-quarter of the increase primarily due to increases in our stock price. The remaining increase 

consisted of higher bonuses related to operating results, annual wage adjustments and increased travel related expenses.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries, employee benefits and related overhead costs 

associated with product development. The following table sets forth a comparison of our research and development 

expense for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

Research and development expense 

$ 25,743 

$ 23,269 

$ 2,474 

  11%

Change

Research and development expense consist mainly of costs associated with development of new products and 

technologies from which we do not currently generate revenue, as well as costs related to the ongoing development efforts 

for Microsoft Dynamics AX. In 2007, we entered into a Software Development and License Agreement, which provided  

for a strategic alliance with Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) to jointly develop core public sector functionality for 

Microsoft Dynamics AX to address the accounting needs of public sector organizations worldwide. This agreement and 

Software services, maintenance and subscription-based services. Cost of software services, maintenance and 

subsequent amendments granted Microsoft intellectual property rights in the software code provided and developed  

subscription-based services primarily consists of personnel costs related to installing our software, converting client data, 

by Tyler into Microsoft Dynamics AX products to be marketed and sold outside of the public sector in exchange for 

training client personnel and support activities and various other services such as SaaS arrangements and e-filing. 

reimbursement payments to partially offset the research and development costs and royalties on direct and indirect 

Maintenance and various other services such as SaaS costs typically grow at a slower rate than related revenue due to 

public-sector sales worldwide of the solutions co-developed under this arrangement. In addition, Tyler agreed to commit 

leverage in the utilization of our support and maintenance staff and economies of scale. The software services, 

certain resources to the development of the next version of Dynamics AX. Tyler also receives software and maintenance 

maintenance and subscriptions gross margin percentage increased mainly due to revenue from a contract with the Texas 

royalties on direct and indirect public-sector sales worldwide of the solutions co-developed under this arrangement.

28

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

In 2014, research and development expense increased 11% compared to 2013 due to annual wage adjustments and 

We experienced significant stock option exercise activity in 2014 and 2013 that generated excess tax benefits of  

efforts to maintain our competitive position. We expect that research and development expense will increase in 2015 at 

$19.4 million and $28.2 million, respectively. Excess tax benefits reduce tax payments but do not significantly reduce 

a lower rate than our expected revenue growth.

Amortization of Customer and Trade Name Intangibles

Acquisition intangibles are comprised of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets 

acquired that is allocated to acquired software and customer and trade name intangibles. The remaining excess 

purchase price is allocated to goodwill that is not subject to amortization. Amortization expense related to acquired 

software is included with cost of revenues, while amortization expense of customer and trade name intangibles  

is recorded as operating expense. The estimated useful lives of both customer and trade name intangibles are five to  

25 years. The following table sets forth a comparison of amortization of customer and trade name intangibles for  

the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

2014 

2013 

Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles 

$ 4,546 

$ 4,517 

Change

$ 

$ 29 

%

  1%

In 2014, we completed one acquisition that increased amortizable customer and trade name intangibles by approximately 

$1.0 million. This amount is being amortized over a weighted average period of 12 years.

Estimated annual amortization expense relating to customer and trade name acquisition intangibles, excluding 

acquired software for which the amortization expense is recorded as cost of revenues, for the next five years is as 

follows (in thousands):

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

$ 4,606

  4,606

  4,606

  4,457

  3,102

Other

The following table sets forth a comparison of other expense, net for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

Other expense, net 

2014 

$ 355 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 1,309 

$ (954) 

  (73)%

Change

Other expense is primarily comprised of interest expense, non-usage and other fees associated with a revolving line  

of credit agreement that matured in August 2014, offset by interest income associated with invested cash balances. 

Interest expense declined compared to the prior year because we repaid all borrowings under the revolving credit 

agreement in early 2013, and had no debt outstanding during 2014.

Income Tax Provision

The following table sets forth a comparison of our income tax provision for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

Income tax provision 

Effective income tax rate 

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 35,527 

$ 26,718 

$ 8,809 

  33%

37.6% 

40.6%

The effective income tax rates were different from the statutory United States federal income tax rate of 35% due to 

state income taxes, non-deductible share-based compensation expense, the qualified manufacturing activities deduction, 

disqualifying incentive stock option dispositions and non-deductible meals and entertainment costs. The qualified 

manufacturing activities deduction increased in 2014 contributing to a lower effective tax rate.

the effective tax rate and can result in limitations on other deductions. In 2013, limitations resulting from excess tax 

benefits eliminated the qualified manufacturing activities deduction, which negatively impacted our effective tax rate.

2013 Compared to 2012

Revenues

Software licenses and royalties.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our software licenses and royalties revenue for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total software licenses and royalties revenue 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 38,774 

  2,067 

$ 40,841 

$ 32,060 

  1,868 

$ 33,928 

$ 6,714 

199 

$ 6,913 

  21%

  11

  20%

In 2012, we acquired two companies which provide financial and human capital management software solutions to the 

K-12 education market and one company that provides enterprise permitting, land management, licensing and 

regulatory software solutions to government agencies. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, total software licenses and 

royalties revenue increased 12% compared to 2012. Approximately half of the growth was due to an increase of  

$2.3 million in royalties on sales of Microsoft Dynamics AX by other Microsoft partners compared to the prior year. 

Royalty revenue is dependent upon sales volume from Microsoft partners, as well as the timing of maintenance renewals, 

and can vary substantially from period to period. Software license revenues also grew 5% mainly due to increased 

investments in product development over the past few years. However, software license growth was reduced somewhat 

because of a growing number of clients choosing our subscription-based options, rather than purchasing the software 

under a traditional perpetual software license arrangement. We had 100 new software clients that entered into 

subscription-based arrangements in 2013 compared to 76 new clients in 2012.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our subscriptions revenue for the years ended December 31:

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 59,070 

  2,794 

$ 61,864 

$ 43,319 

  1,299 

$ 44,618 

$ 15,751 

  1,495 

$ 17,246 

  36%

 115

  39%

Excluding the impact of acquisitions, subscription-based services revenue increased 37% compared to 2012. New 

SaaS clients as well as existing clients who converted to our SaaS model provided the majority of the subscription-based 

revenue increase. In 2013, we added 100 new clients and 63 existing clients elected to convert to our SaaS model. 

E-filing services also contributed approximately $5.0 million of the subscription revenue increase. E-filing revenue 

included $3.8 million related to a new contract with the Texas Office of Court Administration for our Odyssey File and 

Serve e-filing system for Texas courts, which was implemented in September 2013.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our software services revenue for the years ended December 31:

Subscriptions.

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total subscriptions revenue 

Software services.

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total software services revenue 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 85,459 

  7,808 

$ 93,267 

$ 76,103 

  7,305 

$ 83,408 

$ 9,356 

503 

$ 9,859 

  12%

  7

  12%

30

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a lower rate than our expected revenue growth.

Amortization of Customer and Trade Name Intangibles

Acquisition intangibles are comprised of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets 

acquired that is allocated to acquired software and customer and trade name intangibles. The remaining excess 

purchase price is allocated to goodwill that is not subject to amortization. Amortization expense related to acquired 

software is included with cost of revenues, while amortization expense of customer and trade name intangibles  

is recorded as operating expense. The estimated useful lives of both customer and trade name intangibles are five to  

25 years. The following table sets forth a comparison of amortization of customer and trade name intangibles for  

the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

2014 

2013 

Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles 

$ 4,546 

$ 4,517 

Change

$ 

$ 29 

%

  1%

In 2014, we completed one acquisition that increased amortizable customer and trade name intangibles by approximately 

$1.0 million. This amount is being amortized over a weighted average period of 12 years.

Estimated annual amortization expense relating to customer and trade name acquisition intangibles, excluding 

acquired software for which the amortization expense is recorded as cost of revenues, for the next five years is as 

follows (in thousands):

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

$ 4,606

  4,606

  4,606

  4,457

  3,102

The following table sets forth a comparison of other expense, net for the years ended December 31:

2014 

$ 355 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 1,309 

$ (954) 

  (73)%

Change

Other expense is primarily comprised of interest expense, non-usage and other fees associated with a revolving line  

of credit agreement that matured in August 2014, offset by interest income associated with invested cash balances. 

Interest expense declined compared to the prior year because we repaid all borrowings under the revolving credit 

agreement in early 2013, and had no debt outstanding during 2014.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our income tax provision for the years ended December 31:

Other

($ in thousands) 

Other expense, net 

Income Tax Provision

($ in thousands) 

Income tax provision 

Effective income tax rate 

Change

2014 

2013 

$ 

%

$ 35,527 

$ 26,718 

$ 8,809 

  33%

37.6% 

40.6%

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

In 2014, research and development expense increased 11% compared to 2013 due to annual wage adjustments and 

We experienced significant stock option exercise activity in 2014 and 2013 that generated excess tax benefits of  

efforts to maintain our competitive position. We expect that research and development expense will increase in 2015 at 

$19.4 million and $28.2 million, respectively. Excess tax benefits reduce tax payments but do not significantly reduce 

the effective tax rate and can result in limitations on other deductions. In 2013, limitations resulting from excess tax 

benefits eliminated the qualified manufacturing activities deduction, which negatively impacted our effective tax rate.

2013 Compared to 2012

Revenues
Software licenses and royalties.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our software licenses and royalties revenue for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total software licenses and royalties revenue 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 38,774 

  2,067 

$ 40,841 

$ 32,060 

  1,868 

$ 33,928 

$ 6,714 

199 

$ 6,913 

  21%

  11

  20%

In 2012, we acquired two companies which provide financial and human capital management software solutions to the 

K-12 education market and one company that provides enterprise permitting, land management, licensing and 

regulatory software solutions to government agencies. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, total software licenses and 

royalties revenue increased 12% compared to 2012. Approximately half of the growth was due to an increase of  

$2.3 million in royalties on sales of Microsoft Dynamics AX by other Microsoft partners compared to the prior year. 

Royalty revenue is dependent upon sales volume from Microsoft partners, as well as the timing of maintenance renewals, 

and can vary substantially from period to period. Software license revenues also grew 5% mainly due to increased 

investments in product development over the past few years. However, software license growth was reduced somewhat 

because of a growing number of clients choosing our subscription-based options, rather than purchasing the software 

under a traditional perpetual software license arrangement. We had 100 new software clients that entered into 

subscription-based arrangements in 2013 compared to 76 new clients in 2012.

Subscriptions.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our subscriptions revenue for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total subscriptions revenue 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 59,070 

  2,794 

$ 61,864 

$ 43,319 

  1,299 

$ 44,618 

$ 15,751 

  1,495 

$ 17,246 

  36%

 115

  39%

Excluding the impact of acquisitions, subscription-based services revenue increased 37% compared to 2012. New 

SaaS clients as well as existing clients who converted to our SaaS model provided the majority of the subscription-based 

revenue increase. In 2013, we added 100 new clients and 63 existing clients elected to convert to our SaaS model. 

E-filing services also contributed approximately $5.0 million of the subscription revenue increase. E-filing revenue 

included $3.8 million related to a new contract with the Texas Office of Court Administration for our Odyssey File and 

Serve e-filing system for Texas courts, which was implemented in September 2013.

Software services.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our software services revenue for the years ended December 31:

The effective income tax rates were different from the statutory United States federal income tax rate of 35% due to 

state income taxes, non-deductible share-based compensation expense, the qualified manufacturing activities deduction, 

disqualifying incentive stock option dispositions and non-deductible meals and entertainment costs. The qualified 

manufacturing activities deduction increased in 2014 contributing to a lower effective tax rate.

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total software services revenue 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 85,459 

  7,808 

$ 93,267 

$ 76,103 

  7,305 

$ 83,408 

$ 9,356 

503 

$ 9,859 

  12%

  7

  12%

30

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Excluding the impact of acquisitions, software services increased 7% compared to 2012. The increase is attributable to 

Software services, maintenance and subscription-based services. In 2013, the software services, maintenance and 

growth in software license activity, as well as contract arrangements that included more programming and other services.

subscriptions gross margin decreased compared to the prior year partly because we accelerated hiring in 2013 to ensure 

Maintenance.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our maintenance revenue for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total maintenance revenue 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 175,180 

  16,540 

$ 191,720 

$ 155,290 

  16,561 

$ 171,851 

$ 19,890 

  13%

(21) 

  —

$ 19,869 

  12%

Excluding the impact of acquisitions, maintenance revenue grew 9% from 2012. This increase was mainly due to growth 

whose term of employment generally ends with the projects’ completion.

in our installed customer base from new software license sales, as well as maintenance rate increases.

Appraisal services.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our appraisal services revenue for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total appraisal services revenue 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 

— 

  20,825 

$ 20,825 

$ 

— 

  22,543 

$ 22,543 

$  — 

  —%

  (1,718) 

$ (1,718) 

(8)

(8)%

Appraisal services revenue declined 8% compared to 2012. The decline is mainly due to the completion in mid-2012, 

of a large contract in Pennsylvania.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins

The following table sets forth a comparison of the key components of our cost of revenues for the years ended 

December 31:

($ in thousands) 

Software licenses and royalties 

Acquired software 

Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

Appraisal services 

Hardware and other 

 Total cost of revenues 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$  2,377 

$  1,983 

$  394 

  20%

2,078 

  199,617 

  13,809 

5,559 

1,888 

  171,584 

  14,889 

5,258 

190 

  28,033 

  (1,080) 

301 

$ 223,440 

$ 195,602 

$ 27,838 

  10

  16

(7)

  6

  14%

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross margin percentage by revenue type for the years ended 

to $1.0 million in research and development expense offsets in 2012.

December 31:

Gross margin percentage 

Software licenses, royalties and acquired software 

Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

Appraisal services 

Hardware and other 

Overall gross margin 

2013 

2012 

Change

89.1% 

  88.6% 

  0.5%

42.4 

33.7 

31.6 

  42.8 

  34.0 

  24.4 

 (0.4)

 (0.3)

  7.2

46.4% 

  46.2% 

  0.2%

Software licenses, royalties and acquired software. In 2013, our software license gross margin percentage increased 

compared to 2012 due to higher revenues from royalties. The margin also benefited from a product mix that included 

slightly more proprietary software revenues, which have a higher gross margin than third-party software.

32

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

33

that we were well-positioned to deliver our backlog and anticipated new business. In addition, software services, 

maintenance and subscription-based services cost included initial startup costs related to the eFileTexas.gov contract. 

This contract began in September 2013, but we incurred initial startup costs in 2013 for which there were very limited 

related revenue. Excluding the limited revenue and costs incurred in connection with implementing eFileTexas.gov  

in 2013, our software services, maintenance and subscription services gross margin would have been approximately 

42.8%. Our implementation and support staff increased by 202 employees since 2012. Most of these additions 

occurred mid-to late 2013.

Appraisal services. The appraisal services gross margin declined slightly compared to 2012. A high proportion of the 

costs of appraisal services revenue are variable, as we often hire temporary employees to assist in appraisal projects, 

Our blended gross margin for 2013 increased 0.2% from 2012 mainly due to higher royalty revenue and also benefited 

from a product mix that included slightly higher proprietary software revenues than third-party software. Costs 

incurred related to our implementation of e-FileTexas.gov with minimal related revenues as well as increased hiring of 

implementation and support staff in order to expand our capacity to implement our contract backlog offset some of  

the positive impact of higher royalty and proprietary software revenue.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

The following table sets forth a comparison of our SG&A expenses for the following years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

$ 98,289 

$ 86,706 

$ 11,583 

  13%

SG&A as a percentage of revenues was 23.6% in 2013 compared to 23.9% in 2012. Excluding costs from acquisitions, 

almost half of the SG&A expense increase is due to increased stock compensation expense resulting from increases  

in our stock price and higher payroll taxes associated with increased stock option exercise activity. Commission expense 

has also increased compared to the prior year periods due to higher sales.

Research and Development Expense

The following table sets forth a comparison of our research and development expense for the years ended December 31:

Change

Change

($ in thousands) 

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

Research and development expense 

$ 23,269 

$ 20,140 

$ 3,129 

  16%

Our research and development expense increased $3.1 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In 2013, we did not  

have any research and development expense offsets earned under the terms of our agreement with Microsoft compared 

Amortization of Customer and Trade Name Intangibles

The following table sets forth a comparison of amortization of customer and trade name intangibles for the years ended 

December 31:

($ in thousands) 

Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles 

$ 4,517 

$ 4,279 

$ 238 

  6%

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

Change

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Excluding the impact of acquisitions, software services increased 7% compared to 2012. The increase is attributable to 

Software services, maintenance and subscription-based services. In 2013, the software services, maintenance and 

growth in software license activity, as well as contract arrangements that included more programming and other services.

subscriptions gross margin decreased compared to the prior year partly because we accelerated hiring in 2013 to ensure 

that we were well-positioned to deliver our backlog and anticipated new business. In addition, software services, 

maintenance and subscription-based services cost included initial startup costs related to the eFileTexas.gov contract. 

This contract began in September 2013, but we incurred initial startup costs in 2013 for which there were very limited 

related revenue. Excluding the limited revenue and costs incurred in connection with implementing eFileTexas.gov  

in 2013, our software services, maintenance and subscription services gross margin would have been approximately 

42.8%. Our implementation and support staff increased by 202 employees since 2012. Most of these additions 

occurred mid-to late 2013.

Appraisal services. The appraisal services gross margin declined slightly compared to 2012. A high proportion of the 

costs of appraisal services revenue are variable, as we often hire temporary employees to assist in appraisal projects, 

Excluding the impact of acquisitions, maintenance revenue grew 9% from 2012. This increase was mainly due to growth 

whose term of employment generally ends with the projects’ completion.

Our blended gross margin for 2013 increased 0.2% from 2012 mainly due to higher royalty revenue and also benefited 

from a product mix that included slightly higher proprietary software revenues than third-party software. Costs 

incurred related to our implementation of e-FileTexas.gov with minimal related revenues as well as increased hiring of 

implementation and support staff in order to expand our capacity to implement our contract backlog offset some of  

the positive impact of higher royalty and proprietary software revenue.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

The following table sets forth a comparison of our SG&A expenses for the following years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

$ 98,289 

$ 86,706 

$ 11,583 

  13%

Change

SG&A as a percentage of revenues was 23.6% in 2013 compared to 23.9% in 2012. Excluding costs from acquisitions, 

almost half of the SG&A expense increase is due to increased stock compensation expense resulting from increases  

in our stock price and higher payroll taxes associated with increased stock option exercise activity. Commission expense 

has also increased compared to the prior year periods due to higher sales.

Research and Development Expense

The following table sets forth a comparison of our research and development expense for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

Research and development expense 

$ 23,269 

$ 20,140 

$ 3,129 

  16%

Change

Our research and development expense increased $3.1 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In 2013, we did not  

have any research and development expense offsets earned under the terms of our agreement with Microsoft compared 

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross margin percentage by revenue type for the years ended 

to $1.0 million in research and development expense offsets in 2012.

2013 

2012 

Change

89.1% 

  88.6% 

  0.5%

42.4 

33.7 

31.6 

  42.8 

  34.0 

  24.4 

 (0.4)

 (0.3)

  7.2

46.4% 

  46.2% 

  0.2%

Amortization of Customer and Trade Name Intangibles

The following table sets forth a comparison of amortization of customer and trade name intangibles for the years ended 

December 31:

($ in thousands) 

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

Change

Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles 

$ 4,517 

$ 4,279 

$ 238 

  6%

Software licenses, royalties and acquired software. In 2013, our software license gross margin percentage increased 

compared to 2012 due to higher revenues from royalties. The margin also benefited from a product mix that included 

slightly more proprietary software revenues, which have a higher gross margin than third-party software.

32

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

33

The following table sets forth a comparison of our maintenance revenue for the years ended December 31:

in our installed customer base from new software license sales, as well as maintenance rate increases.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our appraisal services revenue for the years ended December 31:

Appraisal services revenue declined 8% compared to 2012. The decline is mainly due to the completion in mid-2012, 

The following table sets forth a comparison of the key components of our cost of revenues for the years ended 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 175,180 

  16,540 

$ 191,720 

$ 155,290 

  16,561 

$ 171,851 

$ 19,890 

  13%

(21) 

  —

$ 19,869 

  12%

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 

— 

  20,825 

$ 20,825 

$ 

— 

  22,543 

$ 22,543 

$  — 

  —%

  (1,718) 

$ (1,718) 

(8)

(8)%

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$  2,377 

$  1,983 

$  394 

  20%

2,078 

  199,617 

  13,809 

5,559 

1,888 

  171,584 

  14,889 

5,258 

190 

  28,033 

  (1,080) 

301 

$ 223,440 

$ 195,602 

$ 27,838 

  10

  16

(7)

  6

  14%

Maintenance.

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total maintenance revenue 

Appraisal services.

($ in thousands) 

ESS   

ATSS  

 Total appraisal services revenue 

of a large contract in Pennsylvania.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins

December 31:

($ in thousands) 

Software licenses and royalties 

Acquired software 

Appraisal services 

Hardware and other 

 Total cost of revenues 

Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

Software licenses, royalties and acquired software 

Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

December 31:

Gross margin percentage 

Appraisal services 

Hardware and other 

Overall gross margin 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Other

The following table sets forth a comparison of other expense, net for the years ended December 31:

($ in thousands) 

Other expense, net 

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 1,309 

$ 2,709 

$ (1,400) 

  (52)%

Change

Other expense is primarily comprised of interest expense, non-usage and other fees associated with a revolving line  

second and fourth quarters.

of credit agreement. Interest expense was lower in 2013 than 2012 because we maintained higher debt levels in 2012 

associated primarily with several acquisitions completed from October 2011 through November 2012.

Income Tax Provision

The following table sets forth a comparison of our income tax provision for the years ended December 31:

Investing activities used cash of $11.6 million in 2014 compared to $25.7 million in 2013. In 2014, we completed 

($ in thousands) 

Income tax provision 

Effective income tax rate 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 26,718 

$ 20,874 

$ 5,844 

  28%

40.6% 

38.8%

The effective income tax rates were different from the statutory United States federal income tax rate of 35% due to 

state income taxes, non-deductible share-based compensation expense, the qualified manufacturing activities deduction, 

In 2012, we also purchased four companies for a combined cash purchase price of $25.7 million and paid $2.6 million, 

disqualifying incentive stock option dispositions and non-deductible meals and entertainment costs. We experienced 

which was comprised of $1.7 million in cash and land and a building valued at $900,000 for an office building in 

significant stock option exercise activity in 2013 that generated $28.2 million excess tax benefits. Excess tax benefits 

Moraine, Ohio. These expenditures were funded from cash generated from operations, cash on hand and borrowings 

reduce tax payments but do not significantly reduce the effective tax rate and can result in limitations on other 

under a revolving credit line.

deductions. In 2013, limitations resulting from excess tax benefits eliminated the qualified manufacturing activities 

deduction, which negatively impacted our effective tax rate.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $206.2 million compared to $78.9 million at 

December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with several domestic banks. As of 

December 31, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings and an outstanding letter of credit totaling $2.0 million. We do 

not believe this letter of credit will be required to be drawn upon. We believe that cash from operating activities,  

cash on hand and access to the credit markets provides us with sufficient flexibility to meet our long-term financial needs.

The following table sets forth a summary of cash flows for the years ended December 31:

$8.8 million excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based arrangements.

($ in thousands) 

Cash flows provided (used) by:

  Operating activities 

Investing activities 

  Financing activities 

  Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 123,437 

$ 66,090 

$ 58,668

  (11,555) 

  (25,658) 

  (34,736)

  15,409 

  32,038 

  (18,852)

$ 127,291 

$ 72,470 

$  5,080

Net cash provided by operating activities continues to be our primary source of funds to finance operating needs and 

capital expenditures. Other potential capital resources include cash on hand, public and private issuances of debt or 

equity securities, and bank borrowings. It is possible that our ability to access the capital and credit markets in the 

future may be limited by economic conditions or other factors. We currently believe that cash provided by operating 

activities, cash on hand and access to the credit markets are sufficient to fund our working capital requirements, 

capital expenditures, income tax obligations, and share repurchases for at least the next twelve months.

In 2014, operating activities provided net cash of $123.4 million, primarily generated from net income of $58.9 million, 

non-cash depreciation and amortization charges of $14.6 million and non-cash share-based compensation expense  

of $14.8 million. Cash from operations also benefited from timing of payments on vendor invoices and income tax 

liabilities. In addition, deferred revenue balances were higher than 2013 mainly due to an increase in annual software 

maintenance billings as a result of growth in our installed customer base and growth in subscription-based 

arrangements. These increases in liabilities were offset somewhat by higher accounts receivable balances from annual 

software maintenance billings and prepaid commissions on large contracts.

In general, changes in the balance of deferred revenue are cyclical and primarily driven by the timing of our 

maintenance renewal billings. Our renewal dates occur throughout the year but our heaviest renewal cycles occur in the 

At December 31, 2014, our days sales outstanding (“DSOs”) were 80 days compared to DSOs of 87 days at 

December 31, 2013. DSOs are calculated based on accounts receivable (excluding long-term receivables, but including 

unbilled receivables) divided by the quotient of annualized quarterly revenues divided by 360 days.

the acquisition of SoftCode, Inc. for a purchase price of $3.5 million in cash, of which $325,000 was accrued at 

December 31, 2014, and 16,540 shares of Tyler common stock valued at $1.5 million. The remaining use of cash in 

2014 was comprised primarily of capital expenditures related to computer equipment, furniture and fixtures in 

support of internal growth, particularly with respect to growth in our cloud-based offerings. Investing activities in 2013 

and 2012 included $20.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, paid in connection with the construction of an  

office building in Plano, Texas. These expenditures were funded from cash generated from operations and cash on hand.

Financing activities in 2014 provided cash of $15.4 million compared to $32.0 million in 2013. Financing activities in 

2014 were comprised of collections of $18.8 million from stock option exercises and contributions from the 

employee stock purchase plan and $19.4 million excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based arrangements. These 

increases were offset somewhat by purchases of 294,000 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase 

price of $22.8 million. Financing activities in 2013 were comprised of collections of $21.8 million from stock option 

exercises and employee stock purchase plan activity and $28.2 million excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based 

arrangements, offset partially by $18.0 million in net payments on our revolving line of credit. Cash used in financing 

activities in 2012 was mainly comprised of $42.7 million in payments on our revolving line of credit offset by 

collections of $15.1 million from stock option exercises and contributions from the employee stock purchase plan and 

The share repurchase program, which was approved by our board of directors, was announced in October 2002, and  

was amended at various times from 2003 through 2011. As of December 31, 2014, we had remaining authorization to 

repurchase up to 1.4 million additional shares of our common stock. Our share repurchase program allows us to 

repurchase shares at our discretion and market conditions influence the timing of the buybacks and the number of shares 

repurchased, as well as the volume of employee stock option exercises. Share repurchases are generally funded using 

our existing cash balances and may occur through open market purchases and transactions structured through 

investment banking institutions, privately negotiated transactions and/or other mechanisms. There is no expiration date 

specified for the authorization and we intend to repurchase stock under the plan from time to time.

In 2014, we issued 855,000 shares of common stock and received $14.7 million in aggregate proceeds upon exercise of 

stock options. In 2013, we issued 1.4 million shares of common stock and received $18.3 million in aggregate proceeds 

upon exercise of stock options. In 2012, we issued 1.2 million shares of common stock and received $12.4 million  

in aggregate proceeds upon exercise of stock options. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we received $4.1 million, $3.5 million, 

and $2.6 million, respectively, from contributions to the Tyler Technologies, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

We did not replace our revolving credit line of $150.0 million that matured on August 11, 2014.

34

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

liabilities. In addition, deferred revenue balances were higher than 2013 mainly due to an increase in annual software 

maintenance billings as a result of growth in our installed customer base and growth in subscription-based 

arrangements. These increases in liabilities were offset somewhat by higher accounts receivable balances from annual 

software maintenance billings and prepaid commissions on large contracts.

In general, changes in the balance of deferred revenue are cyclical and primarily driven by the timing of our 

maintenance renewal billings. Our renewal dates occur throughout the year but our heaviest renewal cycles occur in the 

Other expense is primarily comprised of interest expense, non-usage and other fees associated with a revolving line  

second and fourth quarters.

At December 31, 2014, our days sales outstanding (“DSOs”) were 80 days compared to DSOs of 87 days at 

December 31, 2013. DSOs are calculated based on accounts receivable (excluding long-term receivables, but including 

unbilled receivables) divided by the quotient of annualized quarterly revenues divided by 360 days.

The following table sets forth a comparison of our income tax provision for the years ended December 31:

Investing activities used cash of $11.6 million in 2014 compared to $25.7 million in 2013. In 2014, we completed 

The effective income tax rates were different from the statutory United States federal income tax rate of 35% due to 

Change

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 26,718 

$ 20,874 

$ 5,844 

  28%

40.6% 

38.8%

the acquisition of SoftCode, Inc. for a purchase price of $3.5 million in cash, of which $325,000 was accrued at 

December 31, 2014, and 16,540 shares of Tyler common stock valued at $1.5 million. The remaining use of cash in 

2014 was comprised primarily of capital expenditures related to computer equipment, furniture and fixtures in 

support of internal growth, particularly with respect to growth in our cloud-based offerings. Investing activities in 2013 

and 2012 included $20.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, paid in connection with the construction of an  

office building in Plano, Texas. These expenditures were funded from cash generated from operations and cash on hand.

state income taxes, non-deductible share-based compensation expense, the qualified manufacturing activities deduction, 

In 2012, we also purchased four companies for a combined cash purchase price of $25.7 million and paid $2.6 million, 

disqualifying incentive stock option dispositions and non-deductible meals and entertainment costs. We experienced 

which was comprised of $1.7 million in cash and land and a building valued at $900,000 for an office building in 

significant stock option exercise activity in 2013 that generated $28.2 million excess tax benefits. Excess tax benefits 

Moraine, Ohio. These expenditures were funded from cash generated from operations, cash on hand and borrowings 

reduce tax payments but do not significantly reduce the effective tax rate and can result in limitations on other 

under a revolving credit line.

The following table sets forth a summary of cash flows for the years ended December 31:

$8.8 million excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based arrangements.

Financing activities in 2014 provided cash of $15.4 million compared to $32.0 million in 2013. Financing activities in 

2014 were comprised of collections of $18.8 million from stock option exercises and contributions from the 

employee stock purchase plan and $19.4 million excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based arrangements. These 

increases were offset somewhat by purchases of 294,000 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase 

price of $22.8 million. Financing activities in 2013 were comprised of collections of $21.8 million from stock option 

exercises and employee stock purchase plan activity and $28.2 million excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based 

arrangements, offset partially by $18.0 million in net payments on our revolving line of credit. Cash used in financing 

activities in 2012 was mainly comprised of $42.7 million in payments on our revolving line of credit offset by 

collections of $15.1 million from stock option exercises and contributions from the employee stock purchase plan and 

The share repurchase program, which was approved by our board of directors, was announced in October 2002, and  

was amended at various times from 2003 through 2011. As of December 31, 2014, we had remaining authorization to 

repurchase up to 1.4 million additional shares of our common stock. Our share repurchase program allows us to 

repurchase shares at our discretion and market conditions influence the timing of the buybacks and the number of shares 

repurchased, as well as the volume of employee stock option exercises. Share repurchases are generally funded using 

our existing cash balances and may occur through open market purchases and transactions structured through 

investment banking institutions, privately negotiated transactions and/or other mechanisms. There is no expiration date 

specified for the authorization and we intend to repurchase stock under the plan from time to time.

In 2014, we issued 855,000 shares of common stock and received $14.7 million in aggregate proceeds upon exercise of 

stock options. In 2013, we issued 1.4 million shares of common stock and received $18.3 million in aggregate proceeds 

upon exercise of stock options. In 2012, we issued 1.2 million shares of common stock and received $12.4 million  

in aggregate proceeds upon exercise of stock options. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we received $4.1 million, $3.5 million, 

and $2.6 million, respectively, from contributions to the Tyler Technologies, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

We did not replace our revolving credit line of $150.0 million that matured on August 11, 2014.

The following table sets forth a comparison of other expense, net for the years ended December 31:

2013 

2012 

$ 

%

$ 1,309 

$ 2,709 

$ (1,400) 

  (52)%

Change

of credit agreement. Interest expense was lower in 2013 than 2012 because we maintained higher debt levels in 2012 

associated primarily with several acquisitions completed from October 2011 through November 2012.

Other

($ in thousands) 

Other expense, net 

Income Tax Provision

($ in thousands) 

Income tax provision 

Effective income tax rate 

deductions. In 2013, limitations resulting from excess tax benefits eliminated the qualified manufacturing activities 

deduction, which negatively impacted our effective tax rate.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $206.2 million compared to $78.9 million at 

December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with several domestic banks. As of 

December 31, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings and an outstanding letter of credit totaling $2.0 million. We do 

not believe this letter of credit will be required to be drawn upon. We believe that cash from operating activities,  

cash on hand and access to the credit markets provides us with sufficient flexibility to meet our long-term financial needs.

($ in thousands) 

Cash flows provided (used) by:

  Operating activities 

Investing activities 

  Financing activities 

  Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 123,437 

$ 66,090 

$ 58,668

  (11,555) 

  (25,658) 

  (34,736)

  15,409 

  32,038 

  (18,852)

$ 127,291 

$ 72,470 

$  5,080

Net cash provided by operating activities continues to be our primary source of funds to finance operating needs and 

capital expenditures. Other potential capital resources include cash on hand, public and private issuances of debt or 

equity securities, and bank borrowings. It is possible that our ability to access the capital and credit markets in the 

future may be limited by economic conditions or other factors. We currently believe that cash provided by operating 

activities, cash on hand and access to the credit markets are sufficient to fund our working capital requirements, 

capital expenditures, income tax obligations, and share repurchases for at least the next twelve months.

In 2014, operating activities provided net cash of $123.4 million, primarily generated from net income of $58.9 million, 

non-cash depreciation and amortization charges of $14.6 million and non-cash share-based compensation expense  

of $14.8 million. Cash from operations also benefited from timing of payments on vendor invoices and income tax 

34

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2014, we had an outstanding $2.0 million letter of credit, issued by a bank in favor of one of  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures — We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 

Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act) designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required 

to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized  

and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These include controls and procedures 

designed to ensure that this information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief 

executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. 

Management, with the participation of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness 

of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014. Based on this evaluation, the chief executive 

officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 

December 31, 2014.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting — Tyler’s management is responsible for 

establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Securities Exchange Act 

Rule 13a-15(f). Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to Tyler’s 

management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 

Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial 

statement preparation and presentation.

Management assessed the effectiveness of Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In 

making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 

Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on our assessment, 

we concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on 

those criteria.

Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the 

independent registered public accounting firm who also audited Tyler’s financial statements. Ernst & Young’s attestation 

report on Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting appears on page 38 hereof.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting — During the quarter ended December 31, 2014, there were  

no changes in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), that 

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

our clients. The letter of credit guarantees our performance under a software contract and expires in 2015. We do not 

believe this letter of credit will be required to be drawn upon.

We paid income taxes, net of refunds received, of $10.2 million in 2014, $9.3 million in 2013, and $13.1 million in 

2012. We experienced significant stock option exercise activity in 2014 that generated $19.4 million excess tax benefits. 

Excess tax benefits reduce tax payments but do not significantly reduce the effective tax rate and can result in 

limitations on other deductions. In 2013 and 2012, excess tax benefits were $28.2 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

On February 4, 2015, we announced that our contractual research and development commitment to develop public sector 

functionality for Microsoft Dynamics AX expires with the release of Dynamics AX 7. We do not anticipate continuing 

research and development commitment, although we will continue to provide sustained engineering and technical support 

for the public sector functionality within Dynamics AX. We do not expect the expiration of this development commitment  

to materially impact operating results in 2015. We anticipate that license and maintenance royalties for all applicable 

domestic and international sales of Dynamics AX to public sector entities will continue under the terms of the contract.

On January 30, 2015, we made a $15.0 million investment in convertible preferred stock representing a 20% interest  

in Record Holdings Pty Limited, a privately held Australian company specializing in digitizing the spoken word in court 

and legal settings.

Excluding acquisitions, we anticipate that 2015 capital spending will be between $13.5 million and $14.5 million.  

We expect the majority of this capital spending will consist of computer equipment and software for infrastructure 

replacements and expansion. We currently do not expect to capitalize significant amounts related to software development 

in 2015, but the actual amount and timing of those costs, and whether they are capitalized or expensed may result  

in additional capitalized software development. Capital spending is expected to be funded from existing cash balances 

and cash flows from operations.

From time to time we engage in discussions with potential acquisition candidates. In order to pursue such opportunities, 

which could require significant commitments of capital, we may be required to incur debt or to issue additional 

potentially dilutive securities in the future. No assurance can be given as to our future acquisition opportunities and how 

such opportunities will be financed.

We lease office facilities, as well as transportation, computer and other equipment used in our operations under 

non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2021. Most leases contain renewal options 

and some contain purchase options.

Summarized in the table below are our obligations to make future payments under our long-term lease obligations at 

December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

Lease obligations 

$ 5,437 

$ 5,136 

$ 4,459 

$ 2,270 

$ 1,680 

$ 2,005 

$ 20,987

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Thereafter 

Total

As of December 31, 2014, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, guarantees to third-parties or material 

purchase commitments, except for the operating lease commitments listed above.

CAPITALIZATION

At December 31, 2014, our capitalization consisted of no outstanding borrowings and $337.0 million of 

shareholders’ equity.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may affect us due to adverse changes in financial market prices and interest 

rates. We have no outstanding debt at December 31, 2014 and we therefore are not subject to any interest risk.

36

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

37

 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2014, we had an outstanding $2.0 million letter of credit, issued by a bank in favor of one of  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures — We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 

Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act) designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required 

to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized  

and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These include controls and procedures 

designed to ensure that this information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief 

executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. 

Management, with the participation of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness 

of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014. Based on this evaluation, the chief executive 

officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 

December 31, 2014.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting — Tyler’s management is responsible for 

establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Securities Exchange Act 

Rule 13a-15(f). Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to Tyler’s 

management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 

Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial 

statement preparation and presentation.

Management assessed the effectiveness of Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In 

making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 

Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on our assessment, 

we concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on 

those criteria.

Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the 

independent registered public accounting firm who also audited Tyler’s financial statements. Ernst & Young’s attestation 

report on Tyler’s internal control over financial reporting appears on page 38 hereof.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting — During the quarter ended December 31, 2014, there were  

no changes in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), that 

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

our clients. The letter of credit guarantees our performance under a software contract and expires in 2015. We do not 

believe this letter of credit will be required to be drawn upon.

We paid income taxes, net of refunds received, of $10.2 million in 2014, $9.3 million in 2013, and $13.1 million in 

2012. We experienced significant stock option exercise activity in 2014 that generated $19.4 million excess tax benefits. 

Excess tax benefits reduce tax payments but do not significantly reduce the effective tax rate and can result in 

limitations on other deductions. In 2013 and 2012, excess tax benefits were $28.2 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

On February 4, 2015, we announced that our contractual research and development commitment to develop public sector 

functionality for Microsoft Dynamics AX expires with the release of Dynamics AX 7. We do not anticipate continuing 

research and development commitment, although we will continue to provide sustained engineering and technical support 

for the public sector functionality within Dynamics AX. We do not expect the expiration of this development commitment  

to materially impact operating results in 2015. We anticipate that license and maintenance royalties for all applicable 

domestic and international sales of Dynamics AX to public sector entities will continue under the terms of the contract.

On January 30, 2015, we made a $15.0 million investment in convertible preferred stock representing a 20% interest  

in Record Holdings Pty Limited, a privately held Australian company specializing in digitizing the spoken word in court 

and legal settings.

Excluding acquisitions, we anticipate that 2015 capital spending will be between $13.5 million and $14.5 million.  

We expect the majority of this capital spending will consist of computer equipment and software for infrastructure 

replacements and expansion. We currently do not expect to capitalize significant amounts related to software development 

in 2015, but the actual amount and timing of those costs, and whether they are capitalized or expensed may result  

in additional capitalized software development. Capital spending is expected to be funded from existing cash balances 

and cash flows from operations.

From time to time we engage in discussions with potential acquisition candidates. In order to pursue such opportunities, 

which could require significant commitments of capital, we may be required to incur debt or to issue additional 

potentially dilutive securities in the future. No assurance can be given as to our future acquisition opportunities and how 

such opportunities will be financed.

and some contain purchase options.

December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

We lease office facilities, as well as transportation, computer and other equipment used in our operations under 

non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2021. Most leases contain renewal options 

Summarized in the table below are our obligations to make future payments under our long-term lease obligations at 

Lease obligations 

$ 5,437 

$ 5,136 

$ 4,459 

$ 2,270 

$ 1,680 

$ 2,005 

$ 20,987

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Thereafter 

Total

As of December 31, 2014, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, guarantees to third-parties or material 

purchase commitments, except for the operating lease commitments listed above.

CAPITALIZATION

shareholders’ equity.

At December 31, 2014, our capitalization consisted of no outstanding borrowings and $337.0 million of 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may affect us due to adverse changes in financial market prices and interest 

rates. We have no outstanding debt at December 31, 2014 and we therefore are not subject to any interest risk.

36

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

37

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

We have audited Tyler Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014,  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tyler Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 

based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 

and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows  

Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO Criteria). Tyler Technologies, Inc.’s 

for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility 

management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of 

of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on  

the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying “Management’s Report  

our audits.

on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control 

over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 

States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 

evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the 

effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining 

accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 

an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, 

financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 

performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 

provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position  

of Tyler Technologies, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and  

its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 

accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board  

(United States), Tyler Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based  

on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 

Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 18, 2015 expressed  

an unqualified opinion thereon.

Dallas, Texas 

February 18, 2015

the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance  

with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those 

policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and  

fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that 

transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 

accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance 

with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 

prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have  

a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 

Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may  

become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 

may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Tyler Technologies, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 

reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board  

(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Tyler Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013,  

and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each  

of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 and our report dated February 18, 2015 expressed an 

unqualified opinion thereon.

Dallas, Texas 

February 18, 2015

38

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

39

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

We have audited Tyler Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014,  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tyler Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 

based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 

and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows  

Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO Criteria). Tyler Technologies, Inc.’s 

for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility 

management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of 

of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on  

the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying “Management’s Report  

our audits.

on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control 

over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 

whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 

States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 

evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the 

effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining 

accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 

an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, 

financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 

performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 

provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position  

of Tyler Technologies, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and  

its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 

accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board  

(United States), Tyler Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based  

on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 

Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 18, 2015 expressed  

an unqualified opinion thereon.

Dallas, Texas 

February 18, 2015

the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance  

with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those 

policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and  

fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that 

transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 

accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance 

with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 

prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have  

a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 

Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may  

become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 

may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Tyler Technologies, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 

reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board  

(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Tyler Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013,  

and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each  

of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 and our report dated February 18, 2015 expressed an 

unqualified opinion thereon.

Dallas, Texas 

February 18, 2015

38

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

39

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Balance Sheets

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  Accounts receivable (less allowance for losses of $1,725 in 2014 and $1,113 in 2013) 

  112,660 

  106,570

For the years ended December 31, 

In thousands, except per share amounts

Revenues:

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Subscriptions 

  Software services 

  Maintenance 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

  Total revenues 

Cost of revenues:

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Acquired software 

  Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

  Total cost of revenues 

  Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Research and development expense 

Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles 

  Operating income 

Other expense, net 

Income before income taxes 

Income tax provision 

  Net income 

Earnings per common share:

  Basic  

  Diluted   

Unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale 

Income tax benefit related to components of other  

  comprehensive income 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Comprehensive income 

See accompanying notes.

2014 

2013 

2012

$  49,065 

$  40,841 

$  33,928

  87,848 

  61,864 

  44,618

  113,821 

  93,267 

  83,408

  212,696 

  191,720 

  171,851

  21,802 

  20,825 

  22,543

7,869 

8,126 

6,956

  493,101 

  416,643 

  363,304

1,900 

1,858 

2,377 

2,078 

1,983

1,888

  236,363 

  199,617 

  171,584

  14,284 

  13,809 

  14,889

5,325 

5,559 

5,258

  259,730 

  223,440 

  195,602

  233,371 

  193,203 

  167,702

  108,260 

  98,289 

  86,706

  25,743 

  23,269 

  20,140

4,546 

4,517 

4,279

  94,822 

  67,128 

  56,577

355 

1,309 

2,709

  94,467 

  65,819 

  53,868

  35,527 

  26,718 

  20,874

$  58,940 

$  39,101 

$  32,994

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.79 

1.66 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.23 

1.13 

341 

119 

222 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.09

1.00

134

47

87

$  58,940 

$  39,323 

$  33,081

In thousands, except par value and share amounts

December 31, 

 ASSETS

Current assets:

  Cash and cash equivalents 

  Prepaid expenses 

Income tax receivable 

  Other current assets 

  Deferred income taxes 

  Total current assets 

Accounts receivable, long-term portion 

Property and equipment, net 

Other assets:

  Goodwill 

  Other intangibles, net 

  Sundry and other 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

  Accounts payable 

  Accrued liabilities 

  Deferred revenue 

  Total current liabilities 

Deferred income taxes 

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders’ equity:

  48,147,969 shares issued in 2014 and 2013 

  Additional paid-in capital 

  Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

  Retained earnings 

  Total shareholders’ equity 

See accompanying notes.

2014 

2013

$ 206,167 

$  78,876

  17,851 

  13,522

19 

339 

9,674 

9,721

787

7,759

  346,710 

  217,235

1,761 

588

  65,910 

  64,844

  124,142 

  121,011

  34,722 

  38,986

737 

1,824

$ 573,982 

$ 444,488

$  4,119 

$  2,533

  39,508 

  32,839

  189,212 

  156,738

  232,839 

  192,110

4,170 

6,059

481 

481

  201,389 

  182,176

(46) 

(46)

  261,150 

  202,210

  336,973 

  246,319

$ 573,982 

$ 444,488

  Preferred stock, $10.00 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued 

— 

—

  Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized;  

  Treasury stock, at cost; 14,678,782 and 15,309,940 shares in 2014 and 2013, respectively 

 (126,001) 

  (138,502)

40

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Balance Sheets

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 

In thousands, except per share amounts

Revenues:

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Subscriptions 

  Software services 

  Maintenance 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

  Total revenues 

Cost of revenues:

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Acquired software 

  Software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

  Total cost of revenues 

  Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Research and development expense 

Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles 

  Operating income 

Other expense, net 

Income tax provision 

  Net income 

Income before income taxes 

Earnings per common share:

  Basic  

  Diluted   

Unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale 

Income tax benefit related to components of other  

  comprehensive income 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Comprehensive income 

See accompanying notes.

2014 

2013 

2012

$  49,065 

$  40,841 

$  33,928

  87,848 

  61,864 

  44,618

  113,821 

  93,267 

  83,408

  212,696 

  191,720 

  171,851

  21,802 

  20,825 

  22,543

7,869 

8,126 

6,956

  493,101 

  416,643 

  363,304

1,900 

1,858 

2,377 

2,078 

1,983

1,888

  236,363 

  199,617 

  171,584

  14,284 

  13,809 

  14,889

5,325 

5,559 

5,258

  259,730 

  223,440 

  195,602

  233,371 

  193,203 

  167,702

  108,260 

  98,289 

  86,706

  25,743 

  23,269 

  20,140

4,546 

4,517 

4,279

  94,822 

  67,128 

  56,577

355 

1,309 

2,709

  94,467 

  65,819 

  53,868

  35,527 

  26,718 

  20,874

$  58,940 

$  39,101 

$  32,994

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.79 

1.66 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.23 

1.13 

341 

119 

222 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.09

1.00

134

47

87

$  58,940 

$  39,323 

$  33,081

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 

In thousands, except par value and share amounts

 ASSETS

Current assets:

  Cash and cash equivalents 

2014 

2013

$ 206,167 

$  78,876

  Accounts receivable (less allowance for losses of $1,725 in 2014 and $1,113 in 2013) 

  112,660 

  106,570

  Prepaid expenses 

Income tax receivable 

  Other current assets 

  Deferred income taxes 

  Total current assets 

Accounts receivable, long-term portion 

Property and equipment, net 

Other assets:

  Goodwill 

  Other intangibles, net 

  Sundry and other 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

  Accounts payable 

  Accrued liabilities 

  Deferred revenue 

  Total current liabilities 

Deferred income taxes 

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders’ equity:

  17,851 

  13,522

19 

339 

9,674 

9,721

787

7,759

  346,710 

  217,235

1,761 

588

  65,910 

  64,844

  124,142 

  121,011

  34,722 

  38,986

737 

1,824

$ 573,982 

$ 444,488

$  4,119 

$  2,533

  39,508 

  32,839

  189,212 

  156,738

  232,839 

  192,110

4,170 

6,059

  Preferred stock, $10.00 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued 

— 

—

  Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized;  

  48,147,969 shares issued in 2014 and 2013 

  Additional paid-in capital 

  Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

  Retained earnings 

481 

481

  201,389 

  182,176

(46) 

(46)

  261,150 

  202,210

  Treasury stock, at cost; 14,678,782 and 15,309,940 shares in 2014 and 2013, respectively 

 (126,001) 

  (138,502)

  Total shareholders’ equity 

See accompanying notes.

  336,973 

  246,319

$ 573,982 

$ 444,488

40

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  Common Stock 

Shares 

 Amount 

Additional 

Accumulated
Other 
Paid-in  Comprehensive  Retained 
Earnings 
Income (Loss) 
Capital 

Treasury Stock 

Total

  Shareholders’

Shares 

Amount 

Equity

In thousands

Balance at December 31, 2011 

48,148  $ 481  $ 152,859  $ (355)  $ 130,115    (18,176)  $ (204,990)  $  78,110

Net income 

— 

  — 

— 

  — 

  32,994   

Unrealized gain on investment

  securities, net of tax 

Issuance of shares pursuant

to stock compensation plan 

Stock compensation 

Issuance of shares pursuant to

— 

  — 

— 

87 

— 

— 

  — 

  (17,018) 

  — 

  — 

7,411 

  — 

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

— 

  32,994

— 

87

1,218 

  29,461 

  12,443

— 

— 

7,411

  employee stock purchase plan 

— 

  — 

639 

  — 

—   

81 

2,002 

2,641

Federal income tax benefit related

to exercise of stock options 

Issuance of shares for acquisition 

— 

— 

  — 

  — 

8,798 

  — 

1,329 

  — 

—   

—   

— 

60 

— 

1,486 

8,798

2,815

Balance at December 31, 2012 

48,148 

  481 

  154,018 

  (268) 

  163,109    (16,817) 

  (172,041) 

  145,299

Net income 

— 

  — 

— 

  — 

  39,101   

Unrealized gain on investment

  securities, net of tax 

Issuance of shares pursuant

to stock compensation plan 

Stock compensation 

Issuance of shares pursuant to

— 

  — 

— 

  222 

— 

— 

  — 

  (13,742) 

  — 

  — 

  11,653 

  — 

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

— 

  39,101

— 

222

1,443 

  32,031 

  18,289

— 

— 

  11,653

  employee stock purchase plan 

— 

  — 

2,034 

  — 

—   

64 

1,508 

3,542

Federal income tax benefit related

to exercise of stock options 

— 

  — 

  28,213 

  — 

—   

— 

— 

  28,213

Balance at December 31, 2013 

48,148 

  481 

  182,176 

(46) 

  202,210    (15,310) 

  (138,502) 

  246,319

Net income 

— 

  — 

— 

  — 

  58,940   

— 

— 

  58,940

Issuance of shares pursuant

to stock compensation plan 

Stock compensation 

Issuance of shares pursuant to

— 

— 

  — 

  (17,449) 

  — 

  — 

  14,819 

  — 

—   

—   

855 

  32,129 

  14,680

— 

— 

  14,819

  employee stock purchase plan 

— 

  — 

2,235 

  — 

—   

53 

1,909 

4,144

Federal income tax benefit related

to exercise of stock options 

Treasury stock purchases 

Issuance of shares for acquisition 

— 

— 

— 

  — 

  19,415 

  — 

  — 

  — 

— 

  — 

193 

  — 

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

  19,415

(294) 

(22,817) 

  (22,817)

17 

1,280 

1,473

Balance at December 31, 2014 

48,148  $ 481  $ 201,389  $  (46)  $ 261,150    (14,679)  $ (126,001)  $ 336,973

See accompanying notes.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 

In thousands

  Net income 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operations:

  Depreciation and amortization 

  Share-based compensation expense 

  Provision for losses – accounts receivable 

  Excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based arrangements 

  Deferred income tax benefit 

  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of effects of

  acquired companies:

  Accounts receivable 

Income tax receivable 

  Accounts payable 

  Accrued liabilities 

  Deferred revenue 

  Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

  Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities:

  Proceeds from sale of investments 

  Cost of acquisitions, net of cash acquired 

  Additions to property and equipment 

  Decrease (increase) in other 

Cash flows from financing activities:

  Purchase of treasury shares 

  Contributions from employee stock purchase plan 

  Proceeds from exercise of stock options 

  Decrease in net borrowings on revolving line of credit  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

See accompanying notes.

2014 

2013 

2012

$  58,940 

$ 39,101 

$ 32,994

  14,605 

  13,786 

  12,711

  14,819 

  11,653 

  7,411

1,897 

729 

  (19,402) 

  (28,207) 

(3,804) 

(1,497) 

961

(8,764)

(215)

(8,912) 

(7,488) 

(6,825)

  29,117 

  18,898 

  7,791

(3,696) 

(4,154) 

1,586 

6,326 

(574) 

  7,655 

110

(369)

(530)

  31,961 

  16,188 

  13,393

  123,437 

  66,090 

  58,668

808 

  1,090 

75

(3,242) 

(181) 

  (25,680)

(9,343) 

  (26,858) 

(9,102)

222 

291 

(29)

  (22,817) 

— 

—

4,144 

  3,542 

  2,641

  14,680 

  18,289 

  12,443

— 

  (18,000) 

  (42,700)

  127,291 

  72,470 

  5,080

  78,876 

  6,406 

  1,326

$ 206,167 

$ 78,876 

$  6,406

  Net cash used by investing activities 

  (11,555) 

  (25,658) 

  (34,736)

  Excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based arrangements   

  19,402 

  28,207 

  8,764

  Net cash provided (used) by financing activities 

  15,409 

  32,038 

  (18,852)

42

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

  Common Stock 

Accumulated

Additional 

Other 

Paid-in  Comprehensive  Retained 

Treasury Stock 

Total

  Shareholders’

Shares 

 Amount 

Capital 

Income (Loss) 

Earnings 

Shares 

Amount 

Equity

Balance at December 31, 2011 

48,148  $ 481  $ 152,859  $ (355)  $ 130,115    (18,176)  $ (204,990)  $  78,110

— 

  — 

— 

  — 

  32,994   

— 

  32,994

securities, net of tax 

— 

  — 

— 

87 

— 

87

— 

— 

  — 

  (17,018) 

  — 

  — 

7,411 

  — 

1,218 

  29,461 

  12,443

— 

7,411

  employee stock purchase plan 

— 

  — 

639 

  — 

—   

81 

2,002 

2,641

Balance at December 31, 2012 

48,148 

  481 

  154,018 

  (268) 

  163,109    (16,817) 

  (172,041) 

  145,299

Net income 

— 

  — 

— 

  — 

  39,101   

— 

  39,101

— 

— 

  — 

  — 

8,798 

  — 

1,329 

  — 

— 

1,486 

8,798

2,815

securities, net of tax 

— 

  — 

— 

  222 

— 

222

— 

— 

  — 

  (13,742) 

  — 

  — 

  11,653 

  — 

1,443 

  32,031 

  18,289

— 

— 

  11,653

  employee stock purchase plan 

— 

  — 

2,034 

  — 

—   

64 

1,508 

3,542

to exercise of stock options 

— 

  — 

  28,213 

  — 

—   

— 

  28,213

Balance at December 31, 2013 

48,148 

  481 

  182,176 

(46) 

  202,210    (15,310) 

  (138,502) 

  246,319

Net income 

— 

  — 

— 

  — 

  58,940   

— 

  58,940

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

— 

— 

60 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

  — 

  (17,449) 

  — 

  — 

  14,819 

  — 

—   

—   

855 

  32,129 

  14,680

— 

  14,819

In thousands

Net income 

Unrealized gain on investment

Issuance of shares pursuant

to stock compensation plan 

Stock compensation 

Issuance of shares pursuant to

Federal income tax benefit related

to exercise of stock options 

Issuance of shares for acquisition 

Unrealized gain on investment

Issuance of shares pursuant

to stock compensation plan 

Stock compensation 

Issuance of shares pursuant to

Federal income tax benefit related

Issuance of shares pursuant

to stock compensation plan 

Stock compensation 

Issuance of shares pursuant to

Federal income tax benefit related

See accompanying notes.

  employee stock purchase plan 

— 

  — 

2,235 

  — 

—   

53 

1,909 

4,144

to exercise of stock options 

  — 

  19,415 

  — 

Treasury stock purchases 

Issuance of shares for acquisition 

  — 

  — 

— 

  — 

193 

  — 

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

  19,415

(294) 

(22,817) 

  (22,817)

17 

1,280 

1,473

Balance at December 31, 2014 

48,148  $ 481  $ 201,389  $  (46)  $ 261,150    (14,679)  $ (126,001)  $ 336,973

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 

In thousands

Cash flows from operating activities:

  Net income 

  Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operations:

  Depreciation and amortization 

  Share-based compensation expense 

  Provision for losses – accounts receivable 

  Excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based arrangements 

  Deferred income tax benefit 

  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of effects of

  acquired companies:

  Accounts receivable 

Income tax receivable 

  Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

  Accounts payable 

  Accrued liabilities 

  Deferred revenue 

  Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities:

  Proceeds from sale of investments 

  Cost of acquisitions, net of cash acquired 

  Additions to property and equipment 

  Decrease (increase) in other 

2014 

2013 

2012

$  58,940 

$ 39,101 

$ 32,994

  14,605 

  13,786 

  12,711

  14,819 

  11,653 

  7,411

1,897 

729 

  (19,402) 

  (28,207) 

(3,804) 

(1,497) 

961

(8,764)

(215)

(8,912) 

(7,488) 

(6,825)

  29,117 

  18,898 

  7,791

(3,696) 

(4,154) 

1,586 

6,326 

(574) 

  7,655 

110

(369)

(530)

  31,961 

  16,188 

  13,393

  123,437 

  66,090 

  58,668

808 

  1,090 

75

(3,242) 

(181) 

  (25,680)

(9,343) 

  (26,858) 

(9,102)

222 

291 

(29)

  Net cash used by investing activities 

  (11,555) 

  (25,658) 

  (34,736)

Cash flows from financing activities:

  Purchase of treasury shares 

  Contributions from employee stock purchase plan 

  Proceeds from exercise of stock options 

  Decrease in net borrowings on revolving line of credit  

  (22,817) 

— 

—

4,144 

  3,542 

  2,641

  14,680 

  18,289 

  12,443

— 

  (18,000) 

  (42,700)

  Excess tax benefit from exercises of share-based arrangements   

  19,402 

  28,207 

  8,764

  Net cash provided (used) by financing activities 

  15,409 

  32,038 

  (18,852)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

See accompanying notes.

  127,291 

  72,470 

  5,080

  78,876 

  6,406 

  1,326

$ 206,167 

$ 78,876 

$  6,406

42

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tables in thousands, except per share data)

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

We provide integrated software systems and related services for the public sector, with a focus on local governments.  

We develop and market a broad line of software solutions and services to address the information technology (“IT”) needs 

of cities, counties, schools and other local government entities. In addition, we provide professional IT services, including 

software and hardware installation, data conversion, training, and for certain customers, product modifications, along  

with continuing maintenance and support for customers using our systems. We also provide subscription-based services 

such as software as a service (“SaaS”) arrangements, which utilize the Tyler private cloud, and electronic document  

filing solutions (“e-filing”). In addition, we also provide property appraisal outsourcing services for taxing jurisdictions.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include our parent company and a subsidiary, which is wholly-owned. All significant 

intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with several domestic banks. Cash and cash equivalents are 

services are otherwise considered essential, we recognize revenue using contract accounting and apply the provisions of 

stated at cost, which approximates market value.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

We earn revenue from software licenses, royalties, subscription-based services, software services, post-contract customer 

support (“PCS” or “maintenance”), hardware, and appraisal services.

Software Arrangements:

For the majority of our software arrangements, we provide services that range from installation, training, and basic 

consulting to software modification and customization to meet specific customer needs. If the arrangement does not 

require significant production, modification or customization or where the software services are not considered  

essential to the functionality of the software, revenue is recognized when all of the following conditions are met:

  i.   persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 ii.   delivery has occurred;

 iii.  our fee is fixed or determinable; and

 iv.   collectability is probable.

For multiple element arrangements, each element of the arrangement is analyzed and we allocate a portion of the total 

arrangement fee to the elements based on the relative fair value of the element using vendor-specific objective evidence 

of fair value (“VSOE”), regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for each element. Fair value is 

considered the price a customer would be required to pay if the element was sold separately based on our historical 

experience of stand-alone sales of these elements to third-parties. For PCS, we use renewal rates for continued support 

arrangements to determine fair value. For software services, we use the fair value we charge our customers when those 

services are sold separately. We monitor our transactions to determine that we maintain and periodically revise VSOE to 

reflect fair value. In software arrangements in which we have the fair value of all undelivered elements but not of a 

delivered element, we apply the “residual method,” in compliance with ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition. 

Under the residual method, if the fair value of all undelivered elements is determinable, the fair value of the undelivered 

elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is allocated to the delivered element(s) and is 

recognized as revenue assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. In software arrangements in which we do 

not have VSOE for all undelivered elements, revenue is deferred until fair value is determined or all elements for  

which we do not have VSOE have been delivered. Alternatively, if sufficient VSOE does not exist and the only undelivered 

Revenue allocable to computer hardware equipment is recognized when we deliver the equipment and collection  

44

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

45

element is services that do not involve significant modification or customization of the software, the entire fee is recognized 

over the period during which the services are expected to be performed.

Software Licenses and Royalties

We recognize the revenue allocable to software licenses and specified upgrades upon delivery of the software product or 

upgrade to the customer, unless the fee is not fixed or determinable or collectability is not probable. If the fee is not 

fixed or determinable, software license revenue is generally recognized as payments become due from the customer. If 

collectability is not considered probable, revenue is recognized when the fee is collected. Arrangements that include 

software services, such as training or installation, are evaluated to determine whether those services are essential to the 

product’s functionality.

A majority of our software arrangements involve “off-the-shelf” software. We consider software to be off-the-shelf 

software if it can be added to an arrangement with minor changes in the underlying code and it can be used by the 

customer for the customer’s purpose upon installation. For off-the-shelf software arrangements, we recognize the 

software license fee as revenue after delivery has occurred, customer acceptance is reasonably assured, that portion of 

the fee represents a non-refundable enforceable claim and is probable of collection, and the remaining services such  

as training are not considered essential to the product’s functionality.

For arrangements that involve significant production, modification or customization of the software, or where software 

the Construction — Type and Production — Type Contracts as discussed in ASC 605-35, Multiple Elements 

Arrangements. We generally use the percentage-of-completion method to recognize revenue from these arrangements. 

We measure progress-to-completion primarily using labor hours incurred, or value added. The percentage-of-completion 

method generally results in the recognition of reasonably consistent profit margins over the life of a contract because we 

have the ability to produce reasonably dependable estimates of contract billings and contract costs. We use the level  

of profit margin that is most likely to occur on a contract. If the most likely profit margin cannot be precisely determined, 

the lowest probable level of profit in the range of estimates is used until the results can be estimated more precisely. 

These arrangements are often implemented over an extended time period and occasionally require us to revise total cost 

estimates. Amounts recognized in revenue are calculated using the progress-to-completion measurement after giving 

effect to any changes in our cost estimates. Changes to total estimated contract costs, if any, are recorded in the period 

they are determined. Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which we first determine 

that a loss is apparent. For arrangements that include new product releases for which it is difficult to estimate final 

profitability except to assume that no loss will ultimately be incurred, we recognize revenue under the completed contract 

method. Under the completed contract method, revenue is recognized only when a contract is completed or 

substantially complete. Historically these amounts have been immaterial.

We recognize royalty revenue when earned under the terms of our third-party royalty arrangements, provided the fees  

are considered fixed or determinable and realization of payment is probable. Currently, our third-party royalties are 

variable in nature and such amounts are not considered fixed or determinable until we receive notice of amounts earned. 

Typically, we receive notice of royalty revenues earned on a quarterly basis in the quarter immediately following the 

Some of our software arrangements include services considered essential for the customer to use the software for the 

customer’s purposes. For these software arrangements, both the software license revenue and the services revenue are 

recognized as the services are performed using the percentage-of-completion contract accounting method. When 

software services are not considered essential, the fee allocable to the service element is recognized as revenue as we 

royalty reporting period.

Software Services

perform the services.

Computer Hardware Equipment

is probable.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

element is services that do not involve significant modification or customization of the software, the entire fee is recognized 

over the period during which the services are expected to be performed.

Software Licenses and Royalties

We recognize the revenue allocable to software licenses and specified upgrades upon delivery of the software product or 

upgrade to the customer, unless the fee is not fixed or determinable or collectability is not probable. If the fee is not 

fixed or determinable, software license revenue is generally recognized as payments become due from the customer. If 

collectability is not considered probable, revenue is recognized when the fee is collected. Arrangements that include 

software services, such as training or installation, are evaluated to determine whether those services are essential to the 

product’s functionality.

A majority of our software arrangements involve “off-the-shelf” software. We consider software to be off-the-shelf 

software if it can be added to an arrangement with minor changes in the underlying code and it can be used by the 

customer for the customer’s purpose upon installation. For off-the-shelf software arrangements, we recognize the 

software license fee as revenue after delivery has occurred, customer acceptance is reasonably assured, that portion of 

the fee represents a non-refundable enforceable claim and is probable of collection, and the remaining services such  

as training are not considered essential to the product’s functionality.

For arrangements that involve significant production, modification or customization of the software, or where software 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with several domestic banks. Cash and cash equivalents are 

services are otherwise considered essential, we recognize revenue using contract accounting and apply the provisions of 

the Construction — Type and Production — Type Contracts as discussed in ASC 605-35, Multiple Elements 

Arrangements. We generally use the percentage-of-completion method to recognize revenue from these arrangements. 

We measure progress-to-completion primarily using labor hours incurred, or value added. The percentage-of-completion 

method generally results in the recognition of reasonably consistent profit margins over the life of a contract because we 

have the ability to produce reasonably dependable estimates of contract billings and contract costs. We use the level  

of profit margin that is most likely to occur on a contract. If the most likely profit margin cannot be precisely determined, 

the lowest probable level of profit in the range of estimates is used until the results can be estimated more precisely. 

These arrangements are often implemented over an extended time period and occasionally require us to revise total cost 

estimates. Amounts recognized in revenue are calculated using the progress-to-completion measurement after giving 

effect to any changes in our cost estimates. Changes to total estimated contract costs, if any, are recorded in the period 

they are determined. Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which we first determine 

that a loss is apparent. For arrangements that include new product releases for which it is difficult to estimate final 

profitability except to assume that no loss will ultimately be incurred, we recognize revenue under the completed contract 

method. Under the completed contract method, revenue is recognized only when a contract is completed or 

substantially complete. Historically these amounts have been immaterial.

We recognize royalty revenue when earned under the terms of our third-party royalty arrangements, provided the fees  

are considered fixed or determinable and realization of payment is probable. Currently, our third-party royalties are 

variable in nature and such amounts are not considered fixed or determinable until we receive notice of amounts earned. 

Typically, we receive notice of royalty revenues earned on a quarterly basis in the quarter immediately following the 

royalty reporting period.

Software Services

Some of our software arrangements include services considered essential for the customer to use the software for the 

customer’s purposes. For these software arrangements, both the software license revenue and the services revenue are 

recognized as the services are performed using the percentage-of-completion contract accounting method. When 

software services are not considered essential, the fee allocable to the service element is recognized as revenue as we 

perform the services.

Computer Hardware Equipment

(Tables in thousands, except per share data)

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

We provide integrated software systems and related services for the public sector, with a focus on local governments.  

We develop and market a broad line of software solutions and services to address the information technology (“IT”) needs 

of cities, counties, schools and other local government entities. In addition, we provide professional IT services, including 

software and hardware installation, data conversion, training, and for certain customers, product modifications, along  

with continuing maintenance and support for customers using our systems. We also provide subscription-based services 

such as software as a service (“SaaS”) arrangements, which utilize the Tyler private cloud, and electronic document  

filing solutions (“e-filing”). In addition, we also provide property appraisal outsourcing services for taxing jurisdictions.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include our parent company and a subsidiary, which is wholly-owned. All significant 

intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

stated at cost, which approximates market value.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

We earn revenue from software licenses, royalties, subscription-based services, software services, post-contract customer 

support (“PCS” or “maintenance”), hardware, and appraisal services.

Software Arrangements:

For the majority of our software arrangements, we provide services that range from installation, training, and basic 

consulting to software modification and customization to meet specific customer needs. If the arrangement does not 

require significant production, modification or customization or where the software services are not considered  

essential to the functionality of the software, revenue is recognized when all of the following conditions are met:

  i.   persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 ii.   delivery has occurred;

 iii.  our fee is fixed or determinable; and

 iv.   collectability is probable.

For multiple element arrangements, each element of the arrangement is analyzed and we allocate a portion of the total 

arrangement fee to the elements based on the relative fair value of the element using vendor-specific objective evidence 

of fair value (“VSOE”), regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for each element. Fair value is 

considered the price a customer would be required to pay if the element was sold separately based on our historical 

experience of stand-alone sales of these elements to third-parties. For PCS, we use renewal rates for continued support 

arrangements to determine fair value. For software services, we use the fair value we charge our customers when those 

services are sold separately. We monitor our transactions to determine that we maintain and periodically revise VSOE to 

reflect fair value. In software arrangements in which we have the fair value of all undelivered elements but not of a 

delivered element, we apply the “residual method,” in compliance with ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition. 

Under the residual method, if the fair value of all undelivered elements is determinable, the fair value of the undelivered 

elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is allocated to the delivered element(s) and is 

recognized as revenue assuming the other revenue recognition criteria are met. In software arrangements in which we do 

not have VSOE for all undelivered elements, revenue is deferred until fair value is determined or all elements for  

which we do not have VSOE have been delivered. Alternatively, if sufficient VSOE does not exist and the only undelivered 

Revenue allocable to computer hardware equipment is recognized when we deliver the equipment and collection  

is probable.

44

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

45

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Post Contract Customer Support

Our customers generally enter into PCS agreements when they purchase our software licenses. PCS includes telephone 

support, bug fixes, and rights to upgrades on a when-and-if available basis. Our PCS agreements are typically renewable 

annually. Revenue allocated to PCS is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period the PCS is provided. All 

significant costs and expenses associated with PCS are expensed as incurred.

Subscription-Based Services:

Subscription-based services consist of revenues derived from SaaS arrangements, which utilize the Tyler private cloud, 

and electronic filing transactions.

For SaaS arrangements, we evaluate whether the customer has the contractual right to take possession of our software 

at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty and whether the customer can feasibly maintain the 

software on the customer’s hardware or enter into another arrangement with a third-party to host the software. In cases 

where the customer has the contractual right to take possession of our software at any time during the hosting period 

without significant penalty and the customer can feasibly maintain the software on the customer’s hardware or enter into 

another arrangement with a third-party to host the software, we recognize the license, professional services and hosting 

services revenues pursuant to ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition.

For SaaS arrangements that do not meet the criteria for recognition under ASC 985-605, we account for the elements 

under ASC 605-25, Multiple Element Arrangements, using all applicable facts and circumstances, including whether 

(i) the element has stand-alone value, (ii) there is a general right of return and (iii) the revenue is contingent on delivery 

of other elements. We allocate contract value to each element of the arrangement that qualifies for treatment as  

a separate element based on VSOE, and if VSOE is not available, third-party evidence, and if third-party evidence is 

unavailable, estimated selling price. We recognize hosting services ratably over the term of the arrangement, which 

range from one to 10 years but are typically for a period of three to six years. For professional services associated with 

SaaS arrangements that we determine do not have stand-alone value to the customer or are contingent on delivery of 

other elements, we recognize the services revenue ratably over the remaining contractual period once we have provided 

the customer access to the software and we may begin billing for hosting services. We record amounts that have  

been invoiced in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenues, depending on whether the revenue recognition 

criteria have been met.

Electronic filing transaction fees primarily pertain to documents filed with the courts by attorneys and other third-parties 

via our e-filing services and retrieval of filed documents via our access services. The elements for these arrangements 

are accounted for under ASC 605-25. For each document filed with a court, the filer generally pays a transaction fee 

and a court filing fee to us and we remit a portion of the transaction fee and the filing fee to the court. We record as 

revenue the transaction fee, while the portion of the transaction fee remitted to the courts is recorded as cost of sales as 

we are acting as a principal in the arrangement. Court filing fees collected on behalf of the courts and remitted to  

the courts are recorded on a net basis and thus do not affect the statement of comprehensive income. In some cases, 

we are paid on a fixed fee basis and recognize the revenue ratably over the contractual period.

Costs of performing services under subscription-based arrangements are expensed as incurred, except for certain direct 

and incremental contract origination and set-up costs associated with SaaS arrangements. Such direct and incremental 

costs are capitalized and amortized ratably over the related SaaS hosting term.

and office set up, are expensed as incurred. These costs are typically billed as incurred and are recognized as revenue 

equal to cost. Direct contract fulfillment activities and related supervisory costs such as data collection, data entry  

and verification are expensed as incurred. The direct costs for these activities are determined and the total contract 

value is then allocated to each activity based on a consistent profit margin. Each activity is assigned a consistent  

unit of measure to determine progress towards completion and revenue is recognized for each activity based upon the 

percentage complete as applied to the estimated revenue for that activity. Progress for the fulfillment activities is 

typically based on labor hours or an output measure such as the number of parcel counts completed for that activity. 

Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which we first determine that a loss is apparent.

Allocation of Revenue in Statements of Comprehensive Income

In our statements of comprehensive income, we allocate revenue to software licenses, software services, maintenance 

and hardware and other based on the VSOE of fair value for elements in each revenue arrangement and the application 

of the residual method for arrangements in which we have established VSOE of fair value for all undelivered elements. 

In arrangements where we are not able to establish VSOE of fair value for all undelivered elements, revenue is first 

allocated to any undelivered elements for which VSOE of fair value has been established. We then allocate revenue to 

any undelivered elements for which VSOE of fair value has not been established based upon management’s best 

estimate of fair value of those undelivered elements and apply a residual method to determine the license fee. Management’s 

best estimate of fair value of undelivered elements for which VSOE of fair value has not been established is based  

upon the VSOE of similar offerings and other objective criteria.

Other

The majority of deferred revenue consists of unearned support and maintenance revenue that has been billed based on 

contractual terms in the underlying arrangement with the remaining balance consisting of payments received in advance 

of revenue being earned under software licensing, subscription-based services, software and appraisal services and 

hardware installation. Unbilled revenue is not billable at the balance sheet date but is recoverable over the remaining 

life of the contract through billings made in accordance with contractual agreements. The termination clauses in our 

contracts generally provide for the payment for the value of products delivered and services performed in the event of an 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include direct and incremental costs such as commissions associated with 

arrangements for which revenue recognition has been deferred. Such costs are expensed at the time the related revenue 

early termination.

is recognized.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 

States (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 

liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 

amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and 

assumptions include the application of the percentage-of-completion and proportional performance methods of revenue 

recognition, the carrying amount and estimated useful lives of intangible assets, determination of share-based 

compensation expense and valuation allowance for receivables. Actual results could differ from estimates.

Appraisal Services:

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

For our property appraisal projects, we recognize revenue using the proportional performance method of revenue 

recognition since many of these projects are implemented over one to three year periods and consist of various unique 

activities. Under this method of revenue recognition, we identify each activity for the appraisal project, with a typical 

Property, equipment and purchased software are recorded at original cost and increased by the cost of any significant 

improvements after purchase. We expense maintenance and repairs when incurred. Depreciation and amortization is 

calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the asset’s estimated useful life or the term of the lease in 

project generally calling for bonding, office set up, training, routing of map information, data entry, data collection, data 

the case of leasehold improvements. For income tax purposes, we use accelerated depreciation methods as allowed  

verification, informal hearings, appeals and project management. Each activity or act is specifically identified and 

by tax laws.

assigned an estimated cost. Costs which are considered to be associated with indirect activities, such as bonding costs 

46

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

47

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Post Contract Customer Support

Our customers generally enter into PCS agreements when they purchase our software licenses. PCS includes telephone 

support, bug fixes, and rights to upgrades on a when-and-if available basis. Our PCS agreements are typically renewable 

annually. Revenue allocated to PCS is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period the PCS is provided. All 

significant costs and expenses associated with PCS are expensed as incurred.

Subscription-Based Services:

and electronic filing transactions.

Subscription-based services consist of revenues derived from SaaS arrangements, which utilize the Tyler private cloud, 

For SaaS arrangements, we evaluate whether the customer has the contractual right to take possession of our software 

at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty and whether the customer can feasibly maintain the 

software on the customer’s hardware or enter into another arrangement with a third-party to host the software. In cases 

where the customer has the contractual right to take possession of our software at any time during the hosting period 

without significant penalty and the customer can feasibly maintain the software on the customer’s hardware or enter into 

another arrangement with a third-party to host the software, we recognize the license, professional services and hosting 

services revenues pursuant to ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition.

For SaaS arrangements that do not meet the criteria for recognition under ASC 985-605, we account for the elements 

under ASC 605-25, Multiple Element Arrangements, using all applicable facts and circumstances, including whether 

(i) the element has stand-alone value, (ii) there is a general right of return and (iii) the revenue is contingent on delivery 

of other elements. We allocate contract value to each element of the arrangement that qualifies for treatment as  

a separate element based on VSOE, and if VSOE is not available, third-party evidence, and if third-party evidence is 

unavailable, estimated selling price. We recognize hosting services ratably over the term of the arrangement, which 

range from one to 10 years but are typically for a period of three to six years. For professional services associated with 

SaaS arrangements that we determine do not have stand-alone value to the customer or are contingent on delivery of 

other elements, we recognize the services revenue ratably over the remaining contractual period once we have provided 

the customer access to the software and we may begin billing for hosting services. We record amounts that have  

been invoiced in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenues, depending on whether the revenue recognition 

criteria have been met.

Electronic filing transaction fees primarily pertain to documents filed with the courts by attorneys and other third-parties 

via our e-filing services and retrieval of filed documents via our access services. The elements for these arrangements 

are accounted for under ASC 605-25. For each document filed with a court, the filer generally pays a transaction fee 

and a court filing fee to us and we remit a portion of the transaction fee and the filing fee to the court. We record as 

revenue the transaction fee, while the portion of the transaction fee remitted to the courts is recorded as cost of sales as 

we are acting as a principal in the arrangement. Court filing fees collected on behalf of the courts and remitted to  

the courts are recorded on a net basis and thus do not affect the statement of comprehensive income. In some cases, 

we are paid on a fixed fee basis and recognize the revenue ratably over the contractual period.

Costs of performing services under subscription-based arrangements are expensed as incurred, except for certain direct 

and incremental contract origination and set-up costs associated with SaaS arrangements. Such direct and incremental 

costs are capitalized and amortized ratably over the related SaaS hosting term.

and office set up, are expensed as incurred. These costs are typically billed as incurred and are recognized as revenue 

equal to cost. Direct contract fulfillment activities and related supervisory costs such as data collection, data entry  

and verification are expensed as incurred. The direct costs for these activities are determined and the total contract 

value is then allocated to each activity based on a consistent profit margin. Each activity is assigned a consistent  

unit of measure to determine progress towards completion and revenue is recognized for each activity based upon the 

percentage complete as applied to the estimated revenue for that activity. Progress for the fulfillment activities is 

typically based on labor hours or an output measure such as the number of parcel counts completed for that activity. 

Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which we first determine that a loss is apparent.

Allocation of Revenue in Statements of Comprehensive Income

In our statements of comprehensive income, we allocate revenue to software licenses, software services, maintenance 

and hardware and other based on the VSOE of fair value for elements in each revenue arrangement and the application 

of the residual method for arrangements in which we have established VSOE of fair value for all undelivered elements. 

In arrangements where we are not able to establish VSOE of fair value for all undelivered elements, revenue is first 

allocated to any undelivered elements for which VSOE of fair value has been established. We then allocate revenue to 

any undelivered elements for which VSOE of fair value has not been established based upon management’s best 

estimate of fair value of those undelivered elements and apply a residual method to determine the license fee. Management’s 

best estimate of fair value of undelivered elements for which VSOE of fair value has not been established is based  

upon the VSOE of similar offerings and other objective criteria.

Other

The majority of deferred revenue consists of unearned support and maintenance revenue that has been billed based on 

contractual terms in the underlying arrangement with the remaining balance consisting of payments received in advance 

of revenue being earned under software licensing, subscription-based services, software and appraisal services and 

hardware installation. Unbilled revenue is not billable at the balance sheet date but is recoverable over the remaining 

life of the contract through billings made in accordance with contractual agreements. The termination clauses in our 

contracts generally provide for the payment for the value of products delivered and services performed in the event of an 

early termination.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include direct and incremental costs such as commissions associated with 

arrangements for which revenue recognition has been deferred. Such costs are expensed at the time the related revenue 

is recognized.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 

States (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 

liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 

amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and 

assumptions include the application of the percentage-of-completion and proportional performance methods of revenue 

recognition, the carrying amount and estimated useful lives of intangible assets, determination of share-based 

compensation expense and valuation allowance for receivables. Actual results could differ from estimates.

Appraisal Services:

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

For our property appraisal projects, we recognize revenue using the proportional performance method of revenue 

recognition since many of these projects are implemented over one to three year periods and consist of various unique 

activities. Under this method of revenue recognition, we identify each activity for the appraisal project, with a typical 

Property, equipment and purchased software are recorded at original cost and increased by the cost of any significant 

improvements after purchase. We expense maintenance and repairs when incurred. Depreciation and amortization is 

calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the asset’s estimated useful life or the term of the lease in 

project generally calling for bonding, office set up, training, routing of map information, data entry, data collection, data 

the case of leasehold improvements. For income tax purposes, we use accelerated depreciation methods as allowed  

verification, informal hearings, appeals and project management. Each activity or act is specifically identified and 

by tax laws.

assigned an estimated cost. Costs which are considered to be associated with indirect activities, such as bonding costs 

46

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

47

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

We expensed research and development costs of $25.7 million during 2014, $23.3 million during 2013, and  

$20.1 million during 2012. We reduced our research and development expense by approximately $1.0 million in 2012, 

which was the amount earned under the terms of a strategic alliance with a development partner.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred taxes arise because of different treatment 

between financial statement accounting and tax accounting, known as “temporary differences.” We record the tax 

effect of these temporary differences as “deferred tax assets” (generally items that can be used as a tax deduction or 

credit in the future periods) and “deferred tax liabilities” (generally items that we received a tax deduction for, which 

have not yet been recorded in the income statement). The deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted 

tax rules and laws that are expected to be in effect when the temporary differences are expected to be recovered  

or settled. A valuation allowance would be established to reduce deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that a 

deferred tax asset will not be realized.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

We have a stock option plan that provides for the grant of stock options to key employees, directors and non-employee 

consultants. Stock options generally vest after three to six years of continuous service from the date of grant and have a 

contractual term of 10 years. We account for share-based compensation utilizing the fair value recognition pursuant to 

ASC 718, Stock Compensation. See Note 9 — “Share-Based Compensation” for further information.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, including identifiable 

intangible assets, in connection with our business combinations. Upon acquisition, goodwill is assigned to the reporting 

unit that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination, which is the reporting unit to which  

the related acquired technology is assigned. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business unit one level below 

that operating segment, for which discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by executive 

management. We assess goodwill for impairment annually as of April, or more frequently whenever events or changes in 

circumstances indicate its carrying value may not be recoverable.

When testing goodwill for impairment quantitatively, we first compare the fair value of each reporting unit with its 

carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure 

the amount of potential impairment. In the second step, we compare the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill 

with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the 

implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized. The fair values calculated in our impairment  

tests are determined using discounted cash flow models involving several assumptions. The assumptions that are used 

are based upon what we believe a hypothetical marketplace participant would use in estimating fair value. We 

evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value calculations of our reporting units by comparing the total of the fair value 

of all of our reporting units to our total market capitalization.

Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed quantitatively during the second quarter of 2014, did  

not result in an impairment charge.

Other Intangible Assets

We make judgments about the recoverability of purchased intangible assets other than goodwill whenever events or 

changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Customer base constitutes approximately 80% of our 

purchased intangible assets other than goodwill. We review our customer turnover each year for indications of 

impairment. Our customer turnover has historically been very low. If indications of impairment are determined to exist, 

we measure the recoverability of assets by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated 

undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their 

estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the 

assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. There have been no significant impairments of intangible assets in any of the 

periods presented.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

We periodically evaluate whether current facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our property and 

equipment or other long-lived assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. If such circumstances are determined 

to exist, we measure the recoverability of assets to be held and used by a comparison of the carrying amount of the 

asset or appropriate grouping of assets and the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by 

the assets. If the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is 

recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be 

disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or  

fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as 

held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet. There 

have been no significant impairments of long-lived assets in any of the periods presented.

COSTS OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE

We capitalize software development costs upon the establishment of technological feasibility and prior to the availability 

of the product for general release to customers. Software development costs primarily consist of personnel costs and 

rent for related office space. We begin to amortize capitalized costs when a product is available for general release to 

customers. Amortization expense is determined on a product-by-product basis at a rate not less than straight-line  

basis over the product’s remaining estimated economic life, but not to exceed five years. We have not capitalized any 

internal software development costs in any of the periods presented.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payables, short-term obligations and certain other assets at 

cost approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND UNBILLED RECEIVABLES

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash 

and cash equivalents and accounts receivable from trade customers. Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consists 

of operating account balances, which are maintained at several major domestic financial institutions and the balances 

often exceed insured amounts. As of December 31, 2014 we had cash and cash equivalents of $206.2 million. We 

perform periodic evaluations of the credit standing of these financial institutions.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the size and geographical diversity of  

our customer base. Historically, our credit losses have not been significant. As a result, we do not believe we have any 

significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2014.

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments, which are provided at the time the revenue is 

recognized. Since most of our customers are domestic governmental entities, we rarely incur a loss resulting from the 

inability of a customer to make required payments. Events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying 

amount for the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments may require revision, include, but are not 

limited to, deterioration of a customer’s financial condition, failure to manage our customer’s expectations regarding the 

scope of the services to be delivered, and defects or errors in new versions or enhancements of our software products.

48

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

49

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

We expensed research and development costs of $25.7 million during 2014, $23.3 million during 2013, and  

$20.1 million during 2012. We reduced our research and development expense by approximately $1.0 million in 2012, 

which was the amount earned under the terms of a strategic alliance with a development partner.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred taxes arise because of different treatment 

between financial statement accounting and tax accounting, known as “temporary differences.” We record the tax 

effect of these temporary differences as “deferred tax assets” (generally items that can be used as a tax deduction or 

credit in the future periods) and “deferred tax liabilities” (generally items that we received a tax deduction for, which 

have not yet been recorded in the income statement). The deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted 

tax rules and laws that are expected to be in effect when the temporary differences are expected to be recovered  

or settled. A valuation allowance would be established to reduce deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that a 

deferred tax asset will not be realized.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

We have a stock option plan that provides for the grant of stock options to key employees, directors and non-employee 

consultants. Stock options generally vest after three to six years of continuous service from the date of grant and have a 

contractual term of 10 years. We account for share-based compensation utilizing the fair value recognition pursuant to 

ASC 718, Stock Compensation. See Note 9 — “Share-Based Compensation” for further information.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, including identifiable 

intangible assets, in connection with our business combinations. Upon acquisition, goodwill is assigned to the reporting 

unit that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination, which is the reporting unit to which  

the related acquired technology is assigned. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business unit one level below 

that operating segment, for which discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by executive 

management. We assess goodwill for impairment annually as of April, or more frequently whenever events or changes in 

circumstances indicate its carrying value may not be recoverable.

When testing goodwill for impairment quantitatively, we first compare the fair value of each reporting unit with its 

carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure 

the amount of potential impairment. In the second step, we compare the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill 

with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the 

implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized. The fair values calculated in our impairment  

tests are determined using discounted cash flow models involving several assumptions. The assumptions that are used 

are based upon what we believe a hypothetical marketplace participant would use in estimating fair value. We 

evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value calculations of our reporting units by comparing the total of the fair value 

of all of our reporting units to our total market capitalization.

Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed quantitatively during the second quarter of 2014, did  

not result in an impairment charge.

Other Intangible Assets

We make judgments about the recoverability of purchased intangible assets other than goodwill whenever events or 

changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Customer base constitutes approximately 80% of our 

purchased intangible assets other than goodwill. We review our customer turnover each year for indications of 

impairment. Our customer turnover has historically been very low. If indications of impairment are determined to exist, 

we measure the recoverability of assets by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated 

undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their 

estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the 

assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. There have been no significant impairments of intangible assets in any of the 

periods presented.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

We periodically evaluate whether current facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our property and 

equipment or other long-lived assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. If such circumstances are determined 

to exist, we measure the recoverability of assets to be held and used by a comparison of the carrying amount of the 

asset or appropriate grouping of assets and the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by 

the assets. If the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is 

recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be 

disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or  

fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as 

held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet. There 

have been no significant impairments of long-lived assets in any of the periods presented.

COSTS OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE

We capitalize software development costs upon the establishment of technological feasibility and prior to the availability 

of the product for general release to customers. Software development costs primarily consist of personnel costs and 

rent for related office space. We begin to amortize capitalized costs when a product is available for general release to 

customers. Amortization expense is determined on a product-by-product basis at a rate not less than straight-line  

basis over the product’s remaining estimated economic life, but not to exceed five years. We have not capitalized any 

internal software development costs in any of the periods presented.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payables, short-term obligations and certain other assets at 

cost approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND UNBILLED RECEIVABLES

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash 

and cash equivalents and accounts receivable from trade customers. Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consists 

of operating account balances, which are maintained at several major domestic financial institutions and the balances 

often exceed insured amounts. As of December 31, 2014 we had cash and cash equivalents of $206.2 million. We 

perform periodic evaluations of the credit standing of these financial institutions.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the size and geographical diversity of  

our customer base. Historically, our credit losses have not been significant. As a result, we do not believe we have any 

significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2014.

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments, which are provided at the time the revenue is 

recognized. Since most of our customers are domestic governmental entities, we rarely incur a loss resulting from the 

inability of a customer to make required payments. Events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying 

amount for the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments may require revision, include, but are not 

limited to, deterioration of a customer’s financial condition, failure to manage our customer’s expectations regarding the 

scope of the services to be delivered, and defects or errors in new versions or enhancements of our software products.

48

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

49

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments:

Years ended December 31, 

Balance at beginning of year 

Provisions for losses – accounts receivable 

Deductions for accounts charged off or credits issued 

Balance at end of year 

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 1,113 

  1,897 

  (1,285) 

$ 1,725 

$ 1,621 

729 

  (1,237) 

$ 1,113 

$  990

  961

(330)

$ 1,621

The termination clauses in most of our contracts provide for the payment for the value of products delivered or services 

performed in the event of early termination. Our property appraisal outsourcing service contracts can range up to 

three years and, in a few cases, as long as five years, in duration. In connection with these contracts, as well as certain 

software service contracts, we may perform work prior to when the software and services are billable and/or payable 

pursuant to the contract. We have historically recorded such unbilled receivables (costs and estimated profit in excess  

of billings) in connection with (1) property appraisal services contracts accounted for using proportional performance 

accounting in which the revenue is earned based upon activities performed in one accounting period but the billing 

normally occurs subsequently and may span another accounting period; (2) software services contracts accounted for 

using the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition using labor hours as a measure of progress towards 

completion in which the services are performed in one accounting period but the billing for the software element of  

the arrangement may be based upon the specific phase of the implementation; (3) software revenue for which we have 

objective evidence that the customer-specified objective criteria has been met but the billing has not yet been submitted 

to the customer; (4) some of our contracts provide for an amount to be withheld from a progress billing (generally 

between 5% and 20% retention) until final and satisfactory project completion is achieved; and (5) in a limited number 

of cases, we may grant extended payment terms generally to existing customers with whom we have a long-term 

relationship and favorable collection history.

In connection with this activity, we have recorded unbilled receivables of $14.8 million and $10.8 million at 

December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We also have recorded retention receivables of $4.7 million and $2.6 million 

at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and these retentions become payable upon the completion of the 

contract or completion of our fieldwork and formal hearings. Unbilled receivables and retention receivables expected to 

be collected in excess of one year have been included with accounts receivable, long-term portion in the accompanying 

consolidated balance sheets.

INDEMNIFICATION

Most of our software license agreements indemnify our customers in the event that the software sold infringes upon  

the intellectual property rights of a third-party. These agreements typically provide that in such event we will either 

modify or replace the software so that it becomes non-infringing or procure for the customer the right to use the 

software. We have recorded no liability associated with these indemnifications, as we are not aware of any pending or 

threatened infringement actions that are possible losses. We believe the estimated fair value of these intellectual 

property indemnification clauses is minimal.

We have also agreed to indemnify our officers and board members if they are named or threatened to be named as  

a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that they acted in such capacity. We maintain directors’ and officers’ 

insurance coverage to protect against any such losses. We have recorded no liability associated with these 

indemnifications. Because of our insurance coverage, we believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification 

agreements is minimal.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain amounts for previous years have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

(2) ACQUISITIONS

2014

On August 29, 2014, we acquired all of the capital stock of SoftCode, Inc. (“SoftCode”), which develops and sells civil 

process management software, typically to county sheriff departments. The purchase price, net of cash acquired of 

$71,000, was $3.5 million in cash, of which $325,000 was accrued at December 31, 2014, and 16,540 shares of 

Tyler common stock valued at $1.5 million, based on the stock price on the acquisition date. In December 2014, we 

finalized the purchase price allocation, which resulted in additional goodwill of $125,000. As a result, we acquired total 

tangible assets of approximately $301,000 and assumed liabilities of approximately $531,000. We have recorded total 

goodwill of approximately $3.1 million, all of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, and other intangible 

assets of approximately $2.1 million. The $2.1 million of intangible assets is attributable to customer relationships, 

acquired software and trade name and will be amortized over a weighted average period of approximately eight years. 

We believe this transaction will broaden our courts and justice software solutions with a tracking and management 

solution for civil court documents. We believe that likely market participants for this transaction would be software 

companies with a presence in the courts and justice market. Therefore, the goodwill of $3.1 million arising from this 

acquisition is primarily attributable to our ability to integrate SoftCode software solutions with our existing portfolio and 

maximize the value of the customer base through Tyler’s Odyssey software suite that targets the courts and justice 

market and to a much lesser extent, the assembled workforce of SoftCode. Our balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 

reflects the allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired based on their fair value at the date of acquisition.  

The fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are based on valuations using level three, unobservable inputs that 

are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. The 

operating results of this acquisition are included in our results of operations from the date of the acquisition.

2012

In November 2012, we acquired all of the capital stock of EnerGov Solutions, L.L.C. that develops and sells enterprise 

permitting, land management, licensing and regulatory software solutions to governmental agencies. The purchase price, 

net of cash acquired of $15,000, was $10.5 million in cash and 60,000 shares of Tyler common stock valued at  

$2.8 million, based on the stock price on the acquisition date.

In April 2012, we acquired all of the capital stock of Computer Software Associates, Inc. (“CSA”) for a cash purchase 

price of $9.4 million, net of cash acquired of $437,000. CSA is a reseller of Tyler’s Infinite Visions school enterprise 

solution, and sells proprietary CSA tax and recording solutions to county governments, primarily in the Northwest.

In March 2012, we acquired all the capital stock of UniFund, L.L.C. (“Unifund”) for a cash purchase price of $4.6 million, 

net of cash acquired of $780,000. UniFund provides enterprise resource planning solutions to schools and local 

governments, primarily in the Northeast. UniFund is also a reseller of Tyler’s Infinite Visions school enterprise solution.

In January 2012, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Akanda Innovation, Inc., a provider of web-based 

solutions to the public sector, which are integrated, with our property tax software, for a total purchase price of  

$2.9 million. The purchase price included certain liabilities we assumed of approximately $800,000, resulting in net 

cash paid to the sellers of $2.1 million, of which $900,000 was paid prior to December 31, 2011.

2015

and legal settings.

On January 30, 2015, we made a $15.0 million investment in convertible preferred stock representing a 20% interest  

in Record Holdings Pty Limited, a privately held Australian company specializing in digitizing the spoken word in court 

50

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowances for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments:

Years ended December 31, 

Balance at beginning of year 

Provisions for losses – accounts receivable 

Deductions for accounts charged off or credits issued 

Balance at end of year 

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 1,113 

  1,897 

  (1,285) 

$ 1,725 

$ 1,621 

729 

  (1,237) 

$ 1,113 

$  990

  961

(330)

$ 1,621

The termination clauses in most of our contracts provide for the payment for the value of products delivered or services 

performed in the event of early termination. Our property appraisal outsourcing service contracts can range up to 

three years and, in a few cases, as long as five years, in duration. In connection with these contracts, as well as certain 

software service contracts, we may perform work prior to when the software and services are billable and/or payable 

pursuant to the contract. We have historically recorded such unbilled receivables (costs and estimated profit in excess  

of billings) in connection with (1) property appraisal services contracts accounted for using proportional performance 

accounting in which the revenue is earned based upon activities performed in one accounting period but the billing 

normally occurs subsequently and may span another accounting period; (2) software services contracts accounted for 

using the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition using labor hours as a measure of progress towards 

completion in which the services are performed in one accounting period but the billing for the software element of  

the arrangement may be based upon the specific phase of the implementation; (3) software revenue for which we have 

objective evidence that the customer-specified objective criteria has been met but the billing has not yet been submitted 

to the customer; (4) some of our contracts provide for an amount to be withheld from a progress billing (generally 

between 5% and 20% retention) until final and satisfactory project completion is achieved; and (5) in a limited number 

of cases, we may grant extended payment terms generally to existing customers with whom we have a long-term 

relationship and favorable collection history.

In connection with this activity, we have recorded unbilled receivables of $14.8 million and $10.8 million at 

December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We also have recorded retention receivables of $4.7 million and $2.6 million 

at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and these retentions become payable upon the completion of the 

contract or completion of our fieldwork and formal hearings. Unbilled receivables and retention receivables expected to 

be collected in excess of one year have been included with accounts receivable, long-term portion in the accompanying 

consolidated balance sheets.

INDEMNIFICATION

Most of our software license agreements indemnify our customers in the event that the software sold infringes upon  

the intellectual property rights of a third-party. These agreements typically provide that in such event we will either 

modify or replace the software so that it becomes non-infringing or procure for the customer the right to use the 

software. We have recorded no liability associated with these indemnifications, as we are not aware of any pending or 

threatened infringement actions that are possible losses. We believe the estimated fair value of these intellectual 

property indemnification clauses is minimal.

We have also agreed to indemnify our officers and board members if they are named or threatened to be named as  

a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that they acted in such capacity. We maintain directors’ and officers’ 

insurance coverage to protect against any such losses. We have recorded no liability associated with these 

indemnifications. Because of our insurance coverage, we believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification 

agreements is minimal.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain amounts for previous years have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

(2) ACQUISITIONS

2014

On August 29, 2014, we acquired all of the capital stock of SoftCode, Inc. (“SoftCode”), which develops and sells civil 

process management software, typically to county sheriff departments. The purchase price, net of cash acquired of 

$71,000, was $3.5 million in cash, of which $325,000 was accrued at December 31, 2014, and 16,540 shares of 

Tyler common stock valued at $1.5 million, based on the stock price on the acquisition date. In December 2014, we 

finalized the purchase price allocation, which resulted in additional goodwill of $125,000. As a result, we acquired total 

tangible assets of approximately $301,000 and assumed liabilities of approximately $531,000. We have recorded total 

goodwill of approximately $3.1 million, all of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, and other intangible 

assets of approximately $2.1 million. The $2.1 million of intangible assets is attributable to customer relationships, 

acquired software and trade name and will be amortized over a weighted average period of approximately eight years. 

We believe this transaction will broaden our courts and justice software solutions with a tracking and management 

solution for civil court documents. We believe that likely market participants for this transaction would be software 

companies with a presence in the courts and justice market. Therefore, the goodwill of $3.1 million arising from this 

acquisition is primarily attributable to our ability to integrate SoftCode software solutions with our existing portfolio and 

maximize the value of the customer base through Tyler’s Odyssey software suite that targets the courts and justice 

market and to a much lesser extent, the assembled workforce of SoftCode. Our balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 

reflects the allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired based on their fair value at the date of acquisition.  

The fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are based on valuations using level three, unobservable inputs that 

are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. The 

operating results of this acquisition are included in our results of operations from the date of the acquisition.

2012

In November 2012, we acquired all of the capital stock of EnerGov Solutions, L.L.C. that develops and sells enterprise 

permitting, land management, licensing and regulatory software solutions to governmental agencies. The purchase price, 

net of cash acquired of $15,000, was $10.5 million in cash and 60,000 shares of Tyler common stock valued at  

$2.8 million, based on the stock price on the acquisition date.

In April 2012, we acquired all of the capital stock of Computer Software Associates, Inc. (“CSA”) for a cash purchase 

price of $9.4 million, net of cash acquired of $437,000. CSA is a reseller of Tyler’s Infinite Visions school enterprise 

solution, and sells proprietary CSA tax and recording solutions to county governments, primarily in the Northwest.

In March 2012, we acquired all the capital stock of UniFund, L.L.C. (“Unifund”) for a cash purchase price of $4.6 million, 

net of cash acquired of $780,000. UniFund provides enterprise resource planning solutions to schools and local 

governments, primarily in the Northeast. UniFund is also a reseller of Tyler’s Infinite Visions school enterprise solution.

In January 2012, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Akanda Innovation, Inc., a provider of web-based 

solutions to the public sector, which are integrated, with our property tax software, for a total purchase price of  

$2.9 million. The purchase price included certain liabilities we assumed of approximately $800,000, resulting in net 

cash paid to the sellers of $2.1 million, of which $900,000 was paid prior to December 31, 2011.

2015

On January 30, 2015, we made a $15.0 million investment in convertible preferred stock representing a 20% interest  

in Record Holdings Pty Limited, a privately held Australian company specializing in digitizing the spoken word in court 

and legal settings.

50

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(3)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consists of the following at December 31:

Land  

Building and leasehold improvements 

Computer equipment and purchased software 

Furniture and fixtures 

Transportation equipment 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Property and equipment, net 

Useful Lives
 (Years) 

2014 

2013

— 

5-39 

3-5 

5 

5 

$  7,736 

  51,309 

  34,058 

  11,812 

238 

  105,153 

  (39,243) 

$  65,910 

$  7,800

  50,523

  27,071

  10,834

241

  96,469

  (31,625)

$ 64,844

Depreciation expense was $7.9 million during 2014, $6.4 million during 2013, and $5.6 million during 2012.

We own office buildings in Yarmouth, Maine; Lubbock and Plano, Texas; and Moraine, Ohio. We lease some space in 

these buildings to third-party tenants. These leases expire between 2015 and 2017 and are expected to provide rental 

income of approximately $685,000 during 2015, $319,000 during 2016, and $46,000 during 2017. Rental  

income associated with third-party tenants was $945,000 in 2014, $704,000 in 2013, and $586,000 in 2012, and 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

was included as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses.

(4)  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consists of the following at December 31:

Gross carrying amount of acquisition intangibles:

  Customer related intangibles 

  Acquired software 

  Trade name 

  Lease acquired 

Accumulated amortization 

  Total intangibles, net 

2014 

2013

$ 61,325 

  33,103 

  3,331 

— 

  97,759 

$ 60,547

  32,003

  3,109

  1,387

  97,046

  (63,037) 

  (58,060)

$ 34,722 

$ 38,986

Total amortization expense for intangibles was $6.4 million in 2014, $6.8 million in 2013, and $6.5 million  

during 2012.

The allocation of acquisition intangible assets is summarized in the following table:

December 31, 2014 

December 31, 2013 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Weighted 
Average 
Amortization 
Period 

Accumulated  
Amortization 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Weighted
Average

Amortization  Accumulated
Amortization

Period 

$ 124,142 

— 

$  — 

$ 121,011 

— 

$  —

Non-amortizable intangibles:

  Goodwill 

Amortizable intangibles:

  Customer related intangibles 

  61,325 

  15 years 

  33,194 

  60,547 

  15 years 

  Acquired software 

  33,103 

  5 years 

  28,441 

  32,003 

  5 years 

  Trade name 

  Lease acquired 

3,331 

  15 years 

  1,402 

— 

— 

— 

3,109 

1,387 

  15 years 

  5 years 

  28,864

  26,584

  1,225

  1,387

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the two years ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

Enterprise 

Appraisal and Tax

Software 

Software Solutions

Solutions 

and Services 

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 

$ 114,454 

$ 6,557 

$ 121,011

  Goodwill acquired during 2014 related to the purchase of SoftCode 

3,131 

— 

3,131

Balance as of December 31, 2014 

$ 117,585 

$ 6,557 

$ 124,142

Estimated annual amortization expense relating to acquisition intangibles, including acquired software for which the 

amortization expense is recorded as cost of revenues for the next five years is as follows:

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

$ 6,430

  6,331

  5,353

  4,677

  3,248

(5)  ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued wages, bonuses and commissions 

Other accrued liabilities 

(6)  REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT

(7)  INCOME TAX

Current:

  Federal   

  State  

Deferred 

Our revolving line of credit matured on August 11, 2014 and we have not entered into any new credit agreements.

As of December 31, 2014, we had an outstanding $2.0 million letter of credit issued by a bank in favor of one of our 

clients. The letter of credit guarantees our performance under a software contract and expires in 2015.

The income tax provision (benefit) on income from operations consists of the following:

Years ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012

2014 

2013

$ 30,977 

$ 25,471

  8,531 

  7,368

$ 39,508 

$ 32,839

$ 34,504 

  4,827 

  39,331 

$ 25,625 

  2,590 

  28,215 

$ 19,113

  1,976

  21,089

  (3,804) 

  (1,497) 

(215)

$ 35,527 

$ 26,718 

$ 20,874

52

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the two years ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

Enterprise 
Software 
Solutions 

Appraisal and Tax
Software Solutions
and Services 

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 

$ 114,454 

$ 6,557 

$ 121,011

  Goodwill acquired during 2014 related to the purchase of SoftCode 

3,131 

— 

3,131

Balance as of December 31, 2014 

$ 117,585 

$ 6,557 

$ 124,142

Estimated annual amortization expense relating to acquisition intangibles, including acquired software for which the 

amortization expense is recorded as cost of revenues for the next five years is as follows:

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

$ 6,430

  6,331

  5,353

  4,677

  3,248

income associated with third-party tenants was $945,000 in 2014, $704,000 in 2013, and $586,000 in 2012, and 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

(5)  ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued wages, bonuses and commissions 

Other accrued liabilities 

(6)  REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT

2014 

2013

$ 30,977 

$ 25,471

  8,531 

  7,368

$ 39,508 

$ 32,839

Our revolving line of credit matured on August 11, 2014 and we have not entered into any new credit agreements.

As of December 31, 2014, we had an outstanding $2.0 million letter of credit issued by a bank in favor of one of our 

clients. The letter of credit guarantees our performance under a software contract and expires in 2015.

(7)  INCOME TAX

The income tax provision (benefit) on income from operations consists of the following:

Years ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012

Current:

  Federal   

  State  

Deferred 

$ 34,504 

  4,827 

  39,331 

$ 25,625 

  2,590 

  28,215 

$ 19,113

  1,976

  21,089

  (3,804) 

  (1,497) 

(215)

$ 35,527 

$ 26,718 

$ 20,874

(3)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consists of the following at December 31:

Land  

Building and leasehold improvements 

Computer equipment and purchased software 

Furniture and fixtures 

Transportation equipment 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Property and equipment, net 

Useful Lives

 (Years) 

2014 

2013

— 

5-39 

3-5 

5 

5 

$  7,736 

  51,309 

  34,058 

  11,812 

238 

  105,153 

  (39,243) 

$  65,910 

$  7,800

  50,523

  27,071

  10,834

241

  96,469

  (31,625)

$ 64,844

Depreciation expense was $7.9 million during 2014, $6.4 million during 2013, and $5.6 million during 2012.

We own office buildings in Yarmouth, Maine; Lubbock and Plano, Texas; and Moraine, Ohio. We lease some space in 

these buildings to third-party tenants. These leases expire between 2015 and 2017 and are expected to provide rental 

income of approximately $685,000 during 2015, $319,000 during 2016, and $46,000 during 2017. Rental  

was included as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses.

(4)  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consists of the following at December 31:

2014 

2013

$ 61,325 

  33,103 

  3,331 

— 

  97,759 

$ 60,547

  32,003

  3,109

  1,387

  97,046

  (63,037) 

  (58,060)

$ 34,722 

$ 38,986

Gross carrying amount of acquisition intangibles:

  Customer related intangibles 

  Acquired software 

  Trade name 

  Lease acquired 

Accumulated amortization 

  Total intangibles, net 

during 2012.

Non-amortizable intangibles:

  Goodwill 

Amortizable intangibles:

Total amortization expense for intangibles was $6.4 million in 2014, $6.8 million in 2013, and $6.5 million  

The allocation of acquisition intangible assets is summarized in the following table:

December 31, 2014 

December 31, 2013 

Weighted 

Average 

Weighted

Average

Gross 

Carrying 

Amount 

Amortization 

Accumulated  

Period 

Amortization 

Amortization  Accumulated

Period 

Amortization

Gross 

Carrying 

Amount 

$ 124,142 

— 

$  — 

$ 121,011 

— 

$  —

  Customer related intangibles 

  61,325 

  15 years 

  33,194 

  60,547 

  15 years 

  Acquired software 

  33,103 

  5 years 

  28,441 

  32,003 

  5 years 

  Trade name 

  Lease acquired 

3,331 

  15 years 

  1,402 

— 

— 

— 

3,109 

1,387 

  15 years 

  5 years 

  28,864

  26,584

  1,225

  1,387

52

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to our effective income tax expense rate for operations follows:

(8)  SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years ended December 31, 

Federal income tax expense at statutory rate 

State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit 

Non-deductible business expenses 

Qualified manufacturing activities 

Other, net   

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 33,064 

  2,867 

  1,485 

  (1,720) 

(169) 

$ 23,037 

  2,371 

  1,110 

— 

200 

$ 18,854

  1,365

  1,087

(717)

285

$ 35,527 

$ 26,718 

$ 20,874

The tax effects of the major items recorded as deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are:

As of February 18, 2015, we had authorization from our board of directors to repurchase up to 1.4 million additional 

Deferred income tax assets:

  Operating expenses not currently deductible 

  Stock option and other employee benefit plans 

  Capital loss and credit carryforward 

  Property and equipment 

  Total deferred income tax assets 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Intangible assets 

  Other  

  Total deferred income tax liabilities 

Net deferred income tax asset 

2014 

2013

$  9,093 

$  7,360

  9,815 

  7,089

177 

46 

185

149

  19,131 

  14,783

  (13,424) 

 (12,910)

(203) 

(173)

  (13,627) 

 (13,083)

$  5,504 

$  1,700

In 2014, we utilized approximately $650,000 of net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax reporting 

purposes. The full amount of the net operating loss utilized was attributable to excess tax benefits related to share-

based arrangements for which authoritative guidance prohibited the recognition of a deferred tax asset in 2013.  

In 2014, this tax benefit was accounted for as an increase to shareholders’ equity and a reduction in income tax 

payable. In total, we recognized approximately $19.4 million and $28.2 million of excess tax benefits related  

to share-based arrangements in 2014 and 2013, respectively, as a credit to shareholders’ equity and a reduction in 

income taxes payable.

Although realization is not assured, we believe it is more likely than not that all the deferred tax assets at December 31, 

2014 and 2013 will be realized. Accordingly, we believe no valuation allowance is required for the deferred tax assets. 

However, the amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable could be adjusted in the future if estimates of 

reversing taxable temporary differences are revised.

No reserves for uncertain income tax positions have been recorded pursuant to ASC 740-10, Income Taxes.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is examining our U.S. income tax return for the year 2012. As of February 18, 

2015, no significant adjustments have been proposed by the IRS. We are unable to make a reasonable estimate as to 

expected life of the award.

when cash settlements, if any, will occur.

We are subject to U.S. federal tax as well as income tax of multiple state and local jurisdictions. We are no longer 

subject to United States federal income tax examinations for years before 2011. We are no longer subject to state and 

local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2010.

We paid income taxes, net of refunds received, of $10.2 million in 2014, $9.3 million in 2013, and $13.1 million  

in 2012.

Years ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Shares 

Amount 

Shares 

Amount 

Shares 

Amount

855 

$ 14,680 

  1,443 

$ 18,289 

  1,218 

$ 12,443

(294) 

  (22,817) 

53 

17 

  4,144 

  1,473 

— 

64 

— 

  3,542 

— 

— 

— 

81 

60 

—

  2,641

  2,815

The following table details activity in our common stock:

Stock option exercises 

Purchases of common stock 

Employee stock plan purchases 

Shares issued for acquisition 

shares of our common stock.

(9)  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Share-Based Compensation Plan

We have a stock option plan that provides for the grant of stock options to key employees, directors and non-employee 

consultants. Stock options generally vest after three to six years of continuous service from the date of grant and  

have a contractual term of 10 years. Once options become exercisable, the employee can purchase shares of our common 

stock at the market price on the date we granted the option. We account for share-based compensation utilizing the 

fair value recognition pursuant to ASC 718, Stock Compensation.

As of December 31, 2014, there were 468,000 shares available for future grants under the plan from the 16.0 million 

shares previously approved by the stockholders.

Determining Fair Value of Stock Compensation

Valuation and Amortization Method. We estimate the fair value of share-based awards granted using the Black-Scholes 

option valuation model. We amortize the fair value of all awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 

periods, which are generally the vesting periods.

Expected Life. The expected life of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be 

outstanding. The expected life represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding 

based primarily on the options’ vesting terms, remaining contractual life and the employees’ expected exercise based  

on historical patterns.

Expected Volatility. Using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, we estimate the volatility of our common stock at 

the date of grant based on the historical volatility of our common stock.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model on  

the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term equal to the 

Expected Dividend Yield. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock in more than ten years and we  

do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield 

of zero in the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

Expected Forfeitures. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures. We record share-based 

compensation only for those awards that are expected to vest.

54

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The tax effects of the major items recorded as deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are:

Years ended December 31, 

Federal income tax expense at statutory rate 

State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit 

Non-deductible business expenses 

Qualified manufacturing activities 

Other, net   

Deferred income tax assets:

  Operating expenses not currently deductible 

  Stock option and other employee benefit plans 

  Capital loss and credit carryforward 

  Property and equipment 

  Total deferred income tax assets 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Intangible assets 

  Other  

  Total deferred income tax liabilities 

Net deferred income tax asset 

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 33,064 

  2,867 

  1,485 

  (1,720) 

(169) 

$ 23,037 

  2,371 

  1,110 

— 

200 

$ 18,854

  1,365

  1,087

(717)

285

$ 35,527 

$ 26,718 

$ 20,874

2014 

2013

$  9,093 

$  7,360

  9,815 

  7,089

177 

46 

185

149

  19,131 

  14,783

  (13,424) 

 (12,910)

(203) 

(173)

  (13,627) 

 (13,083)

$  5,504 

$  1,700

In 2014, we utilized approximately $650,000 of net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax reporting 

purposes. The full amount of the net operating loss utilized was attributable to excess tax benefits related to share-

based arrangements for which authoritative guidance prohibited the recognition of a deferred tax asset in 2013.  

In 2014, this tax benefit was accounted for as an increase to shareholders’ equity and a reduction in income tax 

payable. In total, we recognized approximately $19.4 million and $28.2 million of excess tax benefits related  

to share-based arrangements in 2014 and 2013, respectively, as a credit to shareholders’ equity and a reduction in 

income taxes payable.

Although realization is not assured, we believe it is more likely than not that all the deferred tax assets at December 31, 

2014 and 2013 will be realized. Accordingly, we believe no valuation allowance is required for the deferred tax assets. 

However, the amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable could be adjusted in the future if estimates of 

reversing taxable temporary differences are revised.

No reserves for uncertain income tax positions have been recorded pursuant to ASC 740-10, Income Taxes.

when cash settlements, if any, will occur.

We are subject to U.S. federal tax as well as income tax of multiple state and local jurisdictions. We are no longer 

subject to United States federal income tax examinations for years before 2011. We are no longer subject to state and 

local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2010.

We paid income taxes, net of refunds received, of $10.2 million in 2014, $9.3 million in 2013, and $13.1 million  

in 2012.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to our effective income tax expense rate for operations follows:

(8)  SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The following table details activity in our common stock:

Stock option exercises 

Purchases of common stock 

Employee stock plan purchases 

Shares issued for acquisition 

Years ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Shares 

Amount 

Shares 

Amount 

Shares 

Amount

855 

$ 14,680 

  1,443 

$ 18,289 

  1,218 

$ 12,443

(294) 

  (22,817) 

53 

17 

  4,144 

  1,473 

— 

64 

— 

— 

  3,542 

— 

— 

81 

60 

—

  2,641

  2,815

As of February 18, 2015, we had authorization from our board of directors to repurchase up to 1.4 million additional 

shares of our common stock.

(9)  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Share-Based Compensation Plan

We have a stock option plan that provides for the grant of stock options to key employees, directors and non-employee 

consultants. Stock options generally vest after three to six years of continuous service from the date of grant and  

have a contractual term of 10 years. Once options become exercisable, the employee can purchase shares of our common 

stock at the market price on the date we granted the option. We account for share-based compensation utilizing the 

fair value recognition pursuant to ASC 718, Stock Compensation.

As of December 31, 2014, there were 468,000 shares available for future grants under the plan from the 16.0 million 

shares previously approved by the stockholders.

Determining Fair Value of Stock Compensation

Valuation and Amortization Method. We estimate the fair value of share-based awards granted using the Black-Scholes 

option valuation model. We amortize the fair value of all awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 

periods, which are generally the vesting periods.

Expected Life. The expected life of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be 

outstanding. The expected life represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding 

based primarily on the options’ vesting terms, remaining contractual life and the employees’ expected exercise based  

on historical patterns.

Expected Volatility. Using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, we estimate the volatility of our common stock at 

the date of grant based on the historical volatility of our common stock.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model on  

the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term equal to the 

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is examining our U.S. income tax return for the year 2012. As of February 18, 

2015, no significant adjustments have been proposed by the IRS. We are unable to make a reasonable estimate as to 

expected life of the award.

Expected Dividend Yield. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock in more than ten years and we  

do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield 

of zero in the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

Expected Forfeitures. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures. We record share-based 

compensation only for those awards that are expected to vest.

54

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following weighted average assumptions were used for options granted:

Other information pertaining to option activity was as follows during the twelve months ended December 31:

Years ended December 31, 

Expected life (in years) 

Expected volatility 

Risk-free interest rate 

Expected forfeiture rate 

2014 

6.0 

2013 

6.4 

30.9% 

32.4% 

1.8% 

3% 

1.4% 

3% 

2012

6.7

32.6%

1.0%

3%

The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense related to share-based awards which is recorded  

in the statements of comprehensive income:

Years ended December 31, 

Cost of software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

  Total share-based compensation expenses 

Tax benefit  

  Net decrease in net income 

Stock Option Activity

Options granted, exercised, forfeited and expired are summarized as follows:

Outstanding at December 31, 2011 

  Granted  

  Exercised   

  Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012 

  Granted  

  Exercised   

  Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013 

  Granted  

  Exercised   

  Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014 

Number of 
Shares 

  6,059 

  930 

(1,218) 

(60) 

  5,711 

  1,453 

 (1,443) 

(1) 

  5,720 

  675 

(855) 

(3) 

  5,537 

  2,017 

2014 

2013 

2012

$  2,177 

  12,642 

  14,819 

$  1,509 

  10,144 

  11,653 

$ 1,084

  6,327

  7,411

  (4,237) 

  (3,363) 

  (2,040)

$ 10,582 

$  8,290 

$ 5,371

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Weighted Average
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(Years) 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

$ 15.31

  43.53

  10.22

  28.07

  20.86

  67.08

  12.68

  68.17

  34.66

  94.15

  17.17

  37.44

  44.61 

  24.85 

  7 

  5 

$ 358,897

$ 170,633

We lease office facilities for use in our operations, as well as transportation, computer and other equipment. We also 

have an office facility lease agreement with an entity owned by an executive’s father and brother. The executive does not 

have an interest in the entity that leases the property to us and the lease arrangement existed at the time we acquired 

the business unit that occupies this property. Most of our leases are non-cancelable operating lease agreements and 

We had unvested options to purchase 3.3 million shares with a weighted average grant date exercise price of  

they expire at various dates through 2021. In addition to rent, the leases generally require us to pay taxes, maintenance, 

$55.61 as of December 31, 2014 and unvested options to purchase 3.5 million shares with a weighted average grant 

insurance and certain other operating expenses.

date exercise price of $44.55 as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014, we had $55.3 million of  

total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options, net of expected forfeitures, which is expected to  

be amortized over a weighted average amortization period of four years.

Rent expense was approximately $6.7 million in 2014, $7.5 million in 2013, and $7.2 million in 2012, which 

included rent expense associated with related party lease agreements of $1.7 million in 2014, $1.7 million in 2013, 

and $1.7 million in 2012.

Weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted 

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

2014 

2013 

2012

$  31.32 

  69,768 

$  23.27 

  99,393 

$  15.24

  40,589

Under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) participants may contribute up to 15% of their annual 

compensation to purchase common shares of Tyler. The purchase price of the shares is equal to 85% of the closing 

price of Tyler shares on the last day of each quarterly offering period. As of December 31, 2014, there were 940,000 

shares available for future grants under the ESPP from the 2.0 million shares previously approved by the stockholders.

(10)  EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings and diluted earnings per share data were computed as follows:

Years Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012

  Weighted-average basic common shares outstanding   

  33,011 

  31,891 

  30,327

Denominator for diluted earnings per share – Adjusted weighted-average shares 

  35,401 

  34,590 

$ 58,940 

$ 39,101 

$ 32,994

  2,390 

  2,699 

  2,589

  32,916

$  1.79 

$  1.23 

$  1.09

$  1.66 

$  1.13 

$  1.00

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:

  Net income 

Denominator:

  Assumed conversion of dilutive securities:

  Stock options 

Earnings per common share:

  Basic  

  Diluted   

inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

(11)  LEASES

Stock options representing the right to purchase common stock of 481,000 shares in 2014, 62,000 shares in 2013, 

and 463,000 shares in 2012 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their 

56

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following weighted average assumptions were used for options granted:

Other information pertaining to option activity was as follows during the twelve months ended December 31:

The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense related to share-based awards which is recorded  

Years ended December 31, 

Expected life (in years) 

Expected volatility 

Risk-free interest rate 

Expected forfeiture rate 

in the statements of comprehensive income:

Years ended December 31, 

Cost of software services, maintenance and subscriptions 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

  Total share-based compensation expenses 

Tax benefit  

  Net decrease in net income 

Stock Option Activity

Options granted, exercised, forfeited and expired are summarized as follows:

2014 

6.0 

2013 

6.4 

30.9% 

32.4% 

1.8% 

3% 

1.4% 

3% 

2012

6.7

32.6%

1.0%

3%

2014 

2013 

2012

$  2,177 

  12,642 

  14,819 

$  1,509 

  10,144 

  11,653 

$ 1,084

  6,327

  7,411

  (4,237) 

  (3,363) 

  (2,040)

$ 10,582 

$  8,290 

$ 5,371

Weighted 

Average 

Weighted Average

Remaining 

Contractual Life 

Exercise Price 

(Years) 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2011 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012 

  Granted  

  Exercised   

  Forfeited 

  Granted  

  Exercised   

  Forfeited 

  Granted  

  Exercised   

  Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013 

Number of 

Shares 

  6,059 

  930 

(1,218) 

(60) 

  5,711 

  1,453 

 (1,443) 

(1) 

  5,720 

  675 

(855) 

(3) 

  5,537 

  2,017 

$ 15.31

  43.53

  10.22

  28.07

  20.86

  67.08

  12.68

  68.17

  34.66

  94.15

  17.17

  37.44

  44.61 

  24.85 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014 

  7 

  5 

$ 358,897

$ 170,633

Weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted 

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

2014 

2013 

2012

$  31.32 

  69,768 

$  23.27 

  99,393 

$  15.24

  40,589

Under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) participants may contribute up to 15% of their annual 

compensation to purchase common shares of Tyler. The purchase price of the shares is equal to 85% of the closing 

price of Tyler shares on the last day of each quarterly offering period. As of December 31, 2014, there were 940,000 

shares available for future grants under the ESPP from the 2.0 million shares previously approved by the stockholders.

(10)  EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings and diluted earnings per share data were computed as follows:

Years Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:

  Net income 

Denominator:

$ 58,940 

$ 39,101 

$ 32,994

  Weighted-average basic common shares outstanding   

  33,011 

  31,891 

  30,327

  Assumed conversion of dilutive securities:

  Stock options 

  2,390 

  2,699 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share – Adjusted weighted-average shares 

  35,401 

  34,590 

  2,589

  32,916

Earnings per common share:

  Basic  

  Diluted   

$  1.79 

$  1.23 

$  1.09

$  1.66 

$  1.13 

$  1.00

Stock options representing the right to purchase common stock of 481,000 shares in 2014, 62,000 shares in 2013, 

and 463,000 shares in 2012 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their 

inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

(11)  LEASES

We lease office facilities for use in our operations, as well as transportation, computer and other equipment. We also 

have an office facility lease agreement with an entity owned by an executive’s father and brother. The executive does not 

have an interest in the entity that leases the property to us and the lease arrangement existed at the time we acquired 

the business unit that occupies this property. Most of our leases are non-cancelable operating lease agreements and 

We had unvested options to purchase 3.3 million shares with a weighted average grant date exercise price of  

they expire at various dates through 2021. In addition to rent, the leases generally require us to pay taxes, maintenance, 

$55.61 as of December 31, 2014 and unvested options to purchase 3.5 million shares with a weighted average grant 

insurance and certain other operating expenses.

date exercise price of $44.55 as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014, we had $55.3 million of  

total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options, net of expected forfeitures, which is expected to  

be amortized over a weighted average amortization period of four years.

Rent expense was approximately $6.7 million in 2014, $7.5 million in 2013, and $7.2 million in 2012, which 

included rent expense associated with related party lease agreements of $1.7 million in 2014, $1.7 million in 2013, 

and $1.7 million in 2012.

56

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable leases at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

automate the appraisal and assessment of real and personal property as well as property appraisal outsourcing services 

Years ending December 31,

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Thereafter   

$  5,437

  5,136

  4,459

  2,270

  1,680

  2,005

$ 20,987

Included in future minimum lease payments are non-cancelable payments due to related parties of $1.7 million in 

2015, $1.7 million in 2016 and $1.7 million in 2017.

(12)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

We provide a defined contribution plan for the majority of our employees meeting minimum service requirements. The 

employees can contribute up to 30% of their current compensation to the plan subject to certain statutory limitations. 

We contribute up to a maximum of 3% of an employee’s compensation to the plan. We made contributions to the  

plan and charged operating results $4.3 million during 2014, $3.8 million during 2013, and $3.3 million during 2012.

(13)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Other than routine litigation incidental to our business, there are no material legal proceedings pending to which we  

are party or to which any of our properties are subject.

(14)  SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

We are a major provider of integrated information management solutions and services for the public sector, with a focus 

on local and state governments.

We provide our software systems and services and appraisal services through four business units, which focus on the 

following products:

–  financial management, education and planning, regulatory and maintenance software solutions;

–  financial management, municipal courts, and land and vital records management software solutions;

–  courts and justice software solutions; and

–  appraisal and tax software solutions and property appraisal services.

In accordance with ASC 280-10, Segment Reporting, the financial management, education and planning, regulatory and 

maintenance software solutions unit; financial management, municipal courts and land and vital records management 

software solutions unit; and the courts and justice software solutions unit meet the criteria for aggregation and are 

presented in one reportable segment, Enterprise Software Solutions (“ESS”). The ESS segment provides municipal and 

county governments and schools with software systems and services to meet their information technology and 

automation needs for mission-critical “back-office” functions such as financial management and courts and justice 

processes. The Appraisal and Tax Software Solutions and Services (“ATSS”) segment provides systems and software that 

for local governments and taxing authorities. Property appraisal outsourcing services include: the physical inspection  

of commercial and residential properties; data collection and processing; computer analysis for property valuation; 

preparation of tax rolls; community education; and arbitration between taxpayers and the assessing jurisdiction.

We evaluate performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is business segment 

operating income. We define segment operating income for our business units as income before noncash amortization of 

intangible assets associated with their acquisition, interest expense and income taxes. Segment operating income 

includes intercompany transactions. The majority of intercompany transactions relate to contracts involving more than 

one unit and are valued based on the contractual arrangement. Segment operating income for corporate primarily 

consists of compensation costs for the executive management team and certain accounting and administrative staff and 

share-based compensation expense for the entire company. Corporate segment operating income also includes 

revenues and expenses related to a company-wide user conference. The accounting policies of the reportable segments 

are the same as those described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Segment assets include net accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets and net property and 

equipment. Corporate assets consist of cash and investments, prepaid insurance, intangibles associated with 

acquisitions, deferred income taxes and net property and equipment mainly related to unallocated information and 

technology assets.

ESS segment capital expenditures in 2013 and 2012 included $19.6 million, and $3.0 million, respectively for  

the construction of a new building and purchase of an existing building and land. ATSS segment capital expenditures  

in 2012 included $2.6 million for the purchase of a building and land to support long-term growth.

As of the year ended December 31, 2014 

and Services 

Corporate 

Totals

Enterprise 

Appraisal and Tax

Software Solutions

Software 

Solutions 

Revenues

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Subscriptions 

  Software services 

  Maintenance 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

Intercompany 

Total revenues 

Depreciation and amortization expense 

Segment operating income 

Capital expenditures 

Segment assets 

$  46,047 

  84,322 

  104,146 

  195,881 

— 

5,398 

2,812 

$ 438,606 

$  11,140 

$ 114,993 

$  3,644 

$ 170,369 

$  3,018 

  3,526 

  9,675 

  16,815 

  21,802 

11 

— 

$ 54,847 

$ 

866 

$ 11,603 

$ 

359 

$ 16,463 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,460 

(2,812) 

$  49,065

  87,848

  113,821

  212,696

  21,802

7,869

—

$ 

(352) 

$ 493,101

$  2,599 

$  14,605

$ (25,370) 

$ 101,226

$  5,446 

$  9,449

$ 387,150 

$ 573,982

58

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable leases at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

automate the appraisal and assessment of real and personal property as well as property appraisal outsourcing services 

Years ending December 31,

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Thereafter   

$  5,437

  5,136

  4,459

  2,270

  1,680

  2,005

$ 20,987

Included in future minimum lease payments are non-cancelable payments due to related parties of $1.7 million in 

2015, $1.7 million in 2016 and $1.7 million in 2017.

(12)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

We provide a defined contribution plan for the majority of our employees meeting minimum service requirements. The 

employees can contribute up to 30% of their current compensation to the plan subject to certain statutory limitations. 

We contribute up to a maximum of 3% of an employee’s compensation to the plan. We made contributions to the  

plan and charged operating results $4.3 million during 2014, $3.8 million during 2013, and $3.3 million during 2012.

Other than routine litigation incidental to our business, there are no material legal proceedings pending to which we  

(13)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

are party or to which any of our properties are subject.

(14)  SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

on local and state governments.

following products:

We are a major provider of integrated information management solutions and services for the public sector, with a focus 

We provide our software systems and services and appraisal services through four business units, which focus on the 

–  financial management, education and planning, regulatory and maintenance software solutions;

–  financial management, municipal courts, and land and vital records management software solutions;

–  courts and justice software solutions; and

–  appraisal and tax software solutions and property appraisal services.

In accordance with ASC 280-10, Segment Reporting, the financial management, education and planning, regulatory and 

maintenance software solutions unit; financial management, municipal courts and land and vital records management 

software solutions unit; and the courts and justice software solutions unit meet the criteria for aggregation and are 

presented in one reportable segment, Enterprise Software Solutions (“ESS”). The ESS segment provides municipal and 

county governments and schools with software systems and services to meet their information technology and 

automation needs for mission-critical “back-office” functions such as financial management and courts and justice 

processes. The Appraisal and Tax Software Solutions and Services (“ATSS”) segment provides systems and software that 

for local governments and taxing authorities. Property appraisal outsourcing services include: the physical inspection  

of commercial and residential properties; data collection and processing; computer analysis for property valuation; 

preparation of tax rolls; community education; and arbitration between taxpayers and the assessing jurisdiction.

We evaluate performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is business segment 

operating income. We define segment operating income for our business units as income before noncash amortization of 

intangible assets associated with their acquisition, interest expense and income taxes. Segment operating income 

includes intercompany transactions. The majority of intercompany transactions relate to contracts involving more than 

one unit and are valued based on the contractual arrangement. Segment operating income for corporate primarily 

consists of compensation costs for the executive management team and certain accounting and administrative staff and 

share-based compensation expense for the entire company. Corporate segment operating income also includes 

revenues and expenses related to a company-wide user conference. The accounting policies of the reportable segments 

are the same as those described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Segment assets include net accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets and net property and 

equipment. Corporate assets consist of cash and investments, prepaid insurance, intangibles associated with 

acquisitions, deferred income taxes and net property and equipment mainly related to unallocated information and 

technology assets.

ESS segment capital expenditures in 2013 and 2012 included $19.6 million, and $3.0 million, respectively for  

the construction of a new building and purchase of an existing building and land. ATSS segment capital expenditures  

in 2012 included $2.6 million for the purchase of a building and land to support long-term growth.

As of the year ended December 31, 2014 

Revenues

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Subscriptions 

  Software services 

  Maintenance 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

Intercompany 

Total revenues 

Depreciation and amortization expense 

Segment operating income 

Capital expenditures 

Segment assets 

Enterprise 
Software 
Solutions 

Appraisal and Tax
Software Solutions
and Services 

Corporate 

Totals

$  46,047 

  84,322 

  104,146 

  195,881 

— 

5,398 

2,812 

$ 438,606 

$  11,140 

$ 114,993 

$  3,644 

$ 170,369 

$  3,018 

  3,526 

  9,675 

  16,815 

  21,802 

11 

— 

$ 54,847 

$ 

866 

$ 11,603 

$ 

359 

$ 16,463 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,460 

(2,812) 

$  49,065

  87,848

  113,821

  212,696

  21,802

7,869

—

$ 

(352) 

$ 493,101

$  2,599 

$  14,605

$ (25,370) 

$ 101,226

$  5,446 

$  9,449

$ 387,150 

$ 573,982

58

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of the year ended December 31, 2013 

Revenues

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Subscriptions 

  Software services 

  Maintenance 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

Intercompany 

Total revenues 

Depreciation and amortization expense 

Segment operating income 

Capital expenditures 

Segment assets 

As of the year ended December 31, 2012 

Revenues

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Subscriptions 

  Software services 

  Maintenance 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

Intercompany 

Total revenues 

Depreciation and amortization expense 

Segment operating income 

Capital expenditures 

Segment assets 

Enterprise 
Software 
Solutions 

Appraisal and Tax
Software Solutions
and Services 

Corporate 

Totals

The following table contains selected financial information from unaudited statements of income for each quarter of 

(15)  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

2014 and 2013.

2014 

2013 

Quarters ended 

Dec. 31 

Sept. 30 

June 30 

Mar. 31 

Dec. 31 

Sept. 30 

June 30  Mar. 31

Revenues   

Gross profit 

$ 127,440  $ 128,664  $ 124,371  $ 112,626  $ 110,735  $ 107,021  $ 103,088  $ 95,799

  60,491 

  61,792 

  58,558 

  52,530 

  52,767 

  49,549 

  47,042 

  43,845

Income before income taxes    24,760 

  26,698 

  23,406 

  19,603 

  19,062 

  17,572 

  15,053 

  14,132

Net income 

  15,317 

  17,000 

  14,740 

  11,883 

  10,512 

  11,049 

9,047 

  8,493

Earnings per diluted share 

0.43 

0.48 

0.42 

0.33 

0.30 

0.32 

0.26 

0.25

Shares used in computing  

  diluted earnings per share   35,661 

  35,284 

  35,161 

  35,500 

  35,348 

  34,764 

  34,290 

  33,948

$  38,774 

  59,070 

  85,459 

  175,180 

— 

6,342 

2,899 

$ 367,724 

$  10,569 

$  85,045 

$  22,457 

$ 161,923 

$  2,067 

  2,794 

  7,808 

  16,540 

  20,825 

— 

— 

$ 50,034 

$  1,028 

$  9,428 

$ 

250 

$ 16,244 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,784 

(2,899) 

$  40,841

  61,864

  93,267

  191,720

  20,825

8,126

—

$  (1,115) 

$ 416,643

$  2,189 

$  13,786

$ (20,750) 

$  73,723

$  3,438 

$  26,145

$ 266,321 

$ 444,488

Enterprise 
Software 
Solutions 

Appraisal and Tax
Software Solutions
and Services 

Corporate 

Totals

$  32,060 

  43,319 

  76,103 

  155,290 

— 

5,297 

2,249 

$ 314,318 

$  9,929 

$  71,135 

$  5,469 

$ 134,160 

$  1,868 

  1,299 

  7,305 

  16,561 

  22,543 

— 

— 

$ 49,576 

$ 

958 

$  8,498 

$  3,382 

$ 18,464 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,659 

(2,249) 

$  33,928

  44,618

  83,408

  171,851

  22,543

6,956

—

$ 

(590) 

$ 363,304

$  1,824 

$  12,711

$ (16,889) 

$  62,744

$  1,865 

$  10,716

$ 186,042 

$ 338,666

Reconciliation of reportable segment operating
income to the Company’s consolidated totals: 

Total segment operating income 

Amortization of acquired software 

Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles 

Other expense, net 

Income before income taxes 

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 101,226 

(1,858) 

(4,546) 

(355) 

$  94,467 

$ 73,723 

  (2,078) 

  (4,517) 

  (1,309) 

$ 65,819 

$ 62,744

  (1,888)

  (4,279)

  (2,709)

$ 53,868

60

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of the year ended December 31, 2013 

and Services 

Corporate 

Totals

The following table contains selected financial information from unaudited statements of income for each quarter of 

(15)  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

2014 and 2013.

2014 

2013 

Quarters ended 

Dec. 31 

Sept. 30 

June 30 

Mar. 31 

Dec. 31 

Sept. 30 

June 30  Mar. 31

Revenues   

Gross profit 

$ 127,440  $ 128,664  $ 124,371  $ 112,626  $ 110,735  $ 107,021  $ 103,088  $ 95,799

  60,491 

  61,792 

  58,558 

  52,530 

  52,767 

  49,549 

  47,042 

  43,845

Income before income taxes    24,760 

  26,698 

  23,406 

  19,603 

  19,062 

  17,572 

  15,053 

  14,132

Net income 

  15,317 

  17,000 

  14,740 

  11,883 

  10,512 

  11,049 

9,047 

  8,493

Earnings per diluted share 

0.43 

0.48 

0.42 

0.33 

0.30 

0.32 

0.26 

0.25

Shares used in computing  

  diluted earnings per share   35,661 

  35,284 

  35,161 

  35,500 

  35,348 

  34,764 

  34,290 

  33,948

Revenues

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Subscriptions 

  Software services 

  Maintenance 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

Intercompany 

Total revenues 

Depreciation and amortization expense 

Segment operating income 

Capital expenditures 

Segment assets 

Revenues

  Software licenses and royalties 

  Subscriptions 

  Software services 

  Maintenance 

  Appraisal services 

  Hardware and other 

Intercompany 

Total revenues 

Depreciation and amortization expense 

Segment operating income 

Capital expenditures 

Segment assets 

Enterprise 

Appraisal and Tax

Software Solutions

Software 

Solutions 

$  38,774 

  59,070 

  85,459 

  175,180 

— 

6,342 

2,899 

$ 367,724 

$  10,569 

$  85,045 

$  22,457 

$ 161,923 

$  32,060 

  43,319 

  76,103 

  155,290 

— 

5,297 

2,249 

$ 314,318 

$  9,929 

$  71,135 

$  5,469 

$ 134,160 

$  2,067 

  2,794 

  7,808 

  16,540 

  20,825 

— 

— 

$ 50,034 

$  1,028 

$  9,428 

$ 

250 

$ 16,244 

$  1,868 

  1,299 

  7,305 

  16,561 

  22,543 

— 

— 

$ 49,576 

$ 

958 

$  8,498 

$  3,382 

$ 18,464 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,784 

(2,899) 

$  40,841

  61,864

  93,267

  191,720

  20,825

8,126

—

$  (1,115) 

$ 416,643

$  2,189 

$  13,786

$ (20,750) 

$  73,723

$  3,438 

$  26,145

$ 266,321 

$ 444,488

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,659 

(2,249) 

$  33,928

  44,618

  83,408

  171,851

  22,543

6,956

—

$ 

(590) 

$ 363,304

$  1,824 

$  12,711

$ (16,889) 

$  62,744

$  1,865 

$  10,716

$ 186,042 

$ 338,666

As of the year ended December 31, 2012 

and Services 

Corporate 

Totals

Enterprise 

Appraisal and Tax

Software Solutions

Software 

Solutions 

Reconciliation of reportable segment operating

income to the Company’s consolidated totals: 

Total segment operating income 

Amortization of acquired software 

Amortization of customer and trade name intangibles 

Other expense, net 

Income before income taxes 

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 101,226 

(1,858) 

(4,546) 

(355) 

$  94,467 

$ 73,723 

  (2,078) 

  (4,517) 

  (1,309) 

$ 65,819 

$ 62,744

  (1,888)

  (4,279)

  (2,709)

$ 53,868

60

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Graph

Stock Index and the Standard and Poor’s 600 Information Technology Index assuming a $100 investment made  

on December 31, 2009. Each of the three measures of cumulative total return assumes reinvestment of dividends. 

The following table compares total Shareholder returns for Tyler over the last five years to the Standard and Poor’s 500 

After years of disciplined preparation, 
our financial performance reached 
new heights in 2014.

In every economic climate, Tyler Technologies stays true 

The stock performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

to our business strategy. And in 2014, our resolute focus 

on our long-term strategic view fueled record results for 

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE FIVE YEAR TOTAL RETURN

our company as market activity returned to normal levels. 

$600 

Not only is Tyler Technologies gaining momentum — we’re 

empowering the public sector to do the same.

$500 

$400

$300

$200 

$100

$0

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014   

100 

100 

100 

104.27 

115.06 

124.60 

151.23 

117.49 

119.59 

243.29 

136.30 

133.96 

512.96 

180.44 

194.13 

549.67

205.14

219.93

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

S&P 500 Stock Index

S&P 600 Information
Technology Index

62

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

Design by Eisenberg And Associates

Luther King Capital Management

Independent Registered Public 

John S. Marr Jr.1 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP 

Dallas, Texas

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

Board of Directors

John M. Yeaman1 

Chairman of the Board 

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

Donald R. Brattain2,3,4 

President 

Brattain and Associates, LLC

Glenn A. Carter3,4 

Retired Chief Executive Officer 

DataProse, Inc.

Brenda A. Cline2,3 

Executive Vice President 

Kimbell Art Foundation

J. Luther King Jr.2,4 

Chief Executive Officer 

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

Dustin R. Womble1 

Executive Vice President 

Tyler Technologies, Inc.

1  Executive Committee

2  Audit Committee

3  Nominating and Governance Committee

4  Compensation Committee

President and Chief Executive Officer

Corporate Officers

John M. Yeaman 

Chairman of the Board

John S. Marr Jr. 

Dustin R. Womble 

Executive Vice President

Brian K. Miller 

Executive Vice President 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

H. Lynn Moore Jr. 

Executive Vice President 

General Counsel and Secretary

Matthew B. Bieri 

Vice President 

Chief Information Officer

Samantha B. Crosby 

Vice President 

Chief Marketing Officer

Robert J. Sansone  

Vice President 

Human Resources

W. Michael Smith 

Vice President 

Chief Accounting Officer

Terri L. Alford 

Controller 

Division Leadership

Andrew D. Teed 

President 

Appraisal & Tax and 

ERP & School Divisions

Bruce Graham 

President 

Courts & Justice Division

Christopher P. Hepburn 

Senior Vice President 

ERP & School Division

Brett Cate 

President 

Local Government Division

Corporate Headquarters

5101 Tennyson Parkway 

Plano, Texas 75024 

972.713.3700 

www.tylertech.com

Transfer Agent and Registrar

American Stock Transfer  

& Trust Company 

59 Maiden Lane 

Plaza Level 

800.937.5449 

718.236.2641 fax 

www.amstock.com

New York, New York 10038 

Annual Meeting of Stockholders

Tuesday, May 12, 2015 

9:30 a.m. CDT 

Plano Marriott at Legacy Town Center 

7121 Bishop Road 

Plano, Texas 75024

Certifications

We submitted an unqualified Annual 

CEO Certification to the New York Stock 

Exchange (NYSE) as required by the 

NYSE Listed Company rules. We also 

filed with the Securities and Exchange 

Commission the Chief Executive Officer 

and Chief Financial Officer certifications 

required under Section 302 of the 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act as exhibits to our 

Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Investor Information

Our annual report on Form 10-K is 

available on the company’s website at 

www.tylertech.com.

A copy of the Form 10-K or other 

information may also be obtained 

by contacting the Investor Relations 

Department at corporate headquarters.

Investor Relations

972.713.3714 

info@tylertech.com

Common Stock

Listed on the New York Stock Exchange 

under the symbol “TYL”

Tyler Technologies  2014 Annual Report

PB

 
 
 
 
 
After years of disciplined preparation, 

our financial performance reached 

new heights in 2014.

In every economic climate, Tyler Technologies stays true 

to our business strategy. And in 2014, our resolute focus 

on our long-term strategic view fueled record results for 

our company as market activity returned to normal levels. 

Not only is Tyler Technologies gaining momentum — we’re 

empowering the public sector to do the same.

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

Corporate Officers
John M. Yeaman 
Chairman of the Board

John S. Marr Jr. 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Dustin R. Womble 
Executive Vice President

Brian K. Miller 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

H. Lynn Moore Jr. 
Executive Vice President 
General Counsel and Secretary

Matthew B. Bieri 
Vice President 
Chief Information Officer

Samantha B. Crosby 
Vice President 
Chief Marketing Officer

Robert J. Sansone  
Vice President 
Human Resources

W. Michael Smith 
Vice President 
Chief Accounting Officer

Terri L. Alford 
Controller 

Division Leadership
Andrew D. Teed 
President 
Appraisal & Tax and 
ERP & School Divisions

Bruce Graham 
President 
Courts & Justice Division

Christopher P. Hepburn 
Senior Vice President 
ERP & School Division

Brett Cate 
President 
Local Government Division

Design by Eisenberg And Associates

Board of Directors
John M. Yeaman1 
Chairman of the Board 
Tyler Technologies, Inc.

Donald R. Brattain2,3,4 
President 
Brattain and Associates, LLC

Glenn A. Carter3,4 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
DataProse, Inc.

Brenda A. Cline2,3 
Executive Vice President 
Kimbell Art Foundation

J. Luther King Jr.2,4 
Chief Executive Officer 
Luther King Capital Management

John S. Marr Jr.1 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Tyler Technologies, Inc.

Dustin R. Womble1 
Executive Vice President 
Tyler Technologies, Inc.

1  Executive Committee
2  Audit Committee
3  Nominating and Governance Committee
4  Compensation Committee

Corporate Headquarters
5101 Tennyson Parkway 
Plano, Texas 75024 
972.713.3700 
www.tylertech.com

Transfer Agent and Registrar
American Stock Transfer  
& Trust Company 
59 Maiden Lane 
Plaza Level 
New York, New York 10038 
800.937.5449 
718.236.2641 fax 
www.amstock.com

Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm
Ernst & Young LLP 
Dallas, Texas

Annual Meeting of Stockholders
Tuesday, May 12, 2015 
9:30 a.m. CDT 
Plano Marriott at Legacy Town Center 
7121 Bishop Road 
Plano, Texas 75024

Certifications
We submitted an unqualified Annual 
CEO Certification to the New York Stock 
Exchange (NYSE) as required by the 
NYSE Listed Company rules. We also 
filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer certifications 
required under Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act as exhibits to our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Investor Information
Our annual report on Form 10-K is 
available on the company’s website at 
www.tylertech.com.

A copy of the Form 10-K or other 
information may also be obtained 
by contacting the Investor Relations 
Department at corporate headquarters.

Investor Relations
972.713.3714 
info@tylertech.com

Common Stock
Listed on the New York Stock Exchange 
under the symbol “TYL”

5101 Tennyson Parkway | Plano, TX 75024
972.713.3700 | www.tylertech.com

GAINING MOMENTUM

2 0 1 4   A N N U A L   R E P O R T